BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 NEP SCHEME) 3-8 SEMESTERS SYLLABUS

VISVESVARAYA TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI

B.E. in BIOTECHNOLOGY
Scheme of Teaching and Examinations2021
Outcome Based Education (OBE) and Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)
(Effective from the academic year 2021 - 22)
III SEMESTER
Teaching Hours /Week Examination

Question Paper
Setting Board
Department

Self -Study
Practical/

Total Marks
Drawing
Teaching

(TD) and

CIE Marks
Tutorial

SEE Marks
Duration in
Lecture
Theory

Credits
(PSB)
Sl. Course and

hours
Course title
No Course Code

L T P S
Mathematics course TD- Maths 10
BSC 21MAT31 2 2 0 0 03 50 50 3
1 (common to all) PSB-Maths 0
IPCC 21BT32 Unit operations + lab TD: BT 10
2 3 1 2 0 03 50 50 4
PSB: BT 0
IPCC 21BT33 Biochemistry + lab TD: BT 10
3 3 0 2 0 03 50 50 4
PSB: BT 0
PCC 21BT34 Microbiology TD: BT 10
4 2 2 0 0 03 50 50 3
PSB: BT 0
PCC 21BTL35 Microbiology lab TD: BT 10
5 0 0 2 0 03 50 50 1
PSB: BT 0
Social Connect and Any Department 10
6 UHV 21UH36 0 0 2 0 01 50 50 1
Responsibility 0
HSMC
Samskrutika kannada
21KSK37/47
HSMC
Balake kannada TD and PSB 10
7 21KBK37/47 1 0 0 0 01 50 50 1
HSMC 0
OR
Constitution of India and
HSMC 21CIP37/47
Professional Ethics
TD: BT If offered as Theory Course
01
Ability Enhancement PSB: BT 1 0 0 1 10
8 AEC21BT38X 50 50 1
Course - III If offered as lab. course 0
02
0 0 2 0
Total 80
400 400 18
0

All students have to register for any one of the course namely National
NMDC National Service Scheme Service Scheme, Physical Education (PE)(Sports and Athletics) and
NSS
Scheduled activities for

21NS83 (NSS) Yoga with the concerned coordinator of the course during the first
III to VIII semesters

week of III semester. The activities shall be carried out between III
Physical Education
NMDC semester to VIII semester (for 5 semesters). SEE in the above courses
(PE)(Sports and PE
21PE83 shall be conducted during VIII semester examinations and the
9 Athletics)
accumulated CIE marks shall be added to the SEE marks. Successful
completion of the registered course is mandatory for the award of the
NMDC degree.
21YO83 Yoga YOGA The events shall be appropriately scheduled by the colleges and the
same shall be reflected in the calendar prepared for the NSS, PE and
Yoga activities.
Course prescribed to lateral entry Diploma holders admitted to III semester B.E./B.Tech programs
1 NCMC 02 02 -- -- --- 100 --- 100 0
Additional Mathematics - I Maths
21MATDIP31
Note: BSC: Basic Science Course, IPCC: Integrated Professional Core Course, PCC: Professional Core Course, INT –Internship, HSMC: Humanity
and Social Science & Management Courses, AEC–Ability Enhancement Courses. UHV: Universal Human Value Course.
L –Lecture, T – Tutorial, P- Practical/ Drawing, S – Self Study Component, CIE: Continuous Internal Evaluation, SEE: Semester End Examination.TD-
Teaching Department, PSB: Paper Setting department
21KSK37/47 Samskrutika Kannada is for students who speak, read and write Kannada and 21KBK37/47 Balake Kannada is for non-Kannada speaking,
reading, and writing students.
Integrated Professional Core Course (IPCC): Refers to Professional Theory Core Course Integrated with practical of the same course. Credit for IPCC
can be 04 and its Teaching–Learning hours (L : T : P) can be considered as (3 : 0 : 2) or (2 : 2 : 2). The theory part of the IPCC shall be evaluated both
by CIE and SEE. The practical part shall be evaluated by only CIE (no SEE). However, questions from the practical part of IPCC shall be included in
the SEE question paper. For more details, the regulation governing the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering /Technology (B.E./B.Tech.) 2021-22 may be
referred.

1
 BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 NEP SCHEME) 3-8 SEMESTERS SYLLABUS

21INT49Inter/Intra Institutional Internship: All the students admitted to engineering programs under the lateral entry category shall have to undergo
a mandatory 21INT49 Inter/Intra Institutional Internship of 03 weeks during the intervening period of III and IV semesters. The internship shall be slated
for CIE only and will not have SEE. The letter grade earned through CIE shall be included in the IV semester grade card.The internship shall be considered
as a head of passing and shall be considered for vertical progression and for the award of degree. Those, who do not take up / complete the internship
shall be declared fail and shall have to complete during subsequently after satisfying the internship requirements. The faculty coordinator or mentor shall
monitor the students’ internship progress and interact with them for the successful completion of the internship.

Non–credit mandatory courses (NCMC):

(A)Additional Mathematics I and II:
(1) These courses are prescribed for III and IV semesters respectively to lateral entry Diploma holders admitted to III semester of B.E./B.Tech., programs.
They shall attend the classes during the respective semesters to complete all the formalities of the course and appear for the Continuous Internal
Evaluation (CIE). In case, any student fails to register for the said course/fails to secure the minimum 40 % of the prescribed CIE marks, he/she shall be
deemed to have secured an F grade. In such a case, the student has to fulfill the course requirements during subsequent semester/s to earn the qualifying
CIE marks. These courses are slated for CIE only and have no SEE.
(2) Additional Mathematics I and II shall not be considered for vertical progression as well as for the calculation of SGPA and CGPA, but completion
of the courses shall be mandatory for the award of degree.
(3) Successful completion of the courses Additional Mathematics I and II shall be indicated as satisfactory in the grade card. Non-completion of the
courses Additional Mathematics I and II shall be indicated as Unsatisfactory.
(B) National Service Scheme/Physical Education (Sport and Athletics)/ Yoga:
(1) Securing 40 % or more in CIE,35 % or more marks in SEE and 40 % or more in the sum total of CIE + SEE leads to successful completion of the
registered course.
(2) In case, students fail to secure 35 % marks in SEE, they has to appear for SEE during the subsequent examinations conducted by the University.
(3) In case, any student fails to register for NSS, PE or Yoga/fails to secure the minimum 40 % of the prescribed CIE marks, he/she shall be deemed to
have not completed the requirements of the course. In such a case, the student has to fulfill the course requirements during subsequent semester/s to earn
the qualifying CIE marks.
(4) Successful completion of the course shall be indicated as satisfactory in the grade card. Non-completion of the course shall be indicated as
Unsatisfactory.
(5) These courses shall not be considered for vertical progression as well as for the calculation of SGPA and CGPA, but completion of the courses shall
be mandatory for the award of degree.
ABILITY ENHANCEMENT COURSE – III
21BT381 Data presentation, Error Analysis and Inferences 21BT383 Biodiversity and Conservation Law
21BT382 Bio-Lab Management and Risk Assessment 21BT384 Linux programming for Biologists

2
 BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 NEP SCHEME) 3-8 SEMESTERS SYLLABUS

VISVESVARAYA TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI

B.E. in BIOTECHNOLOGY
Scheme of Teaching and Examinations2021
Outcome Based Education (OBE) and Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)
(Effective from the academic year 2021 - 22)
IV SEMESTER
Teaching Hours /Week Examination

Question Paper
Setting Board
Department

Self -Study
Practical/

Total Marks
Drawing
Teaching

CIE Marks
(TD) and

Tutorial

SEE Marks
Duration in
Lecture
Theory

Credits
(PSB)
Sl. Course and

hours
Course Title
No Course Code

L T P S
Biostatistics and Design of TD, PSB-
1 BSC 21BT41 3 0 0 0 03 50 50 100 3
experiments Maths
TD: BT 4
2 IPCC 21BT42 Python programming + lab 3 0 2 0 03 50 50 100
PSB: BT
Cell biology &Cell culture TD: BT 4
3 IPCC 21BT43 PSB: BT 3 0 2 0 03 50 50 100
techniques + lab
Molecular biology &Genetic TD: BT 3
4 PCC 21BT44 PSB: BT 2 2 0 0 03 50 50 100
engineering
BT, CHE, 2
5 AEC 21BE45 Biology for engineers PHY 1 2 0 0 02 50 50 100
Molecular biology &Genetic TD: BT
6 PCC 21BTL46 0 0 2 0 03 50 50 100 1
engineering lab PSB: BT
HSMC
Samskrutika Kannada
21KSK37/47
HSMC
Balake Kannada
7 21KBK37/47 HSMC 1 0 0 0 01 50 50 100 1
OR
HSMC Constitution of India &
21CIP37/47 Professional Ethics
If offered as theory Course
01
TD: BT 1 0 0 1
8 AEC21BT48X 50 50 100 1
Ability Enhancement Course- IV PSB: BT If offered as lab. course
02
0 0 2 0
9 Any
UHV21UH49 Universal Human Values 1 0 0 0 01 50 50 100 1
Department
Completed during the
intervening period of II and
III semesters by students
Evaluation By admitted to first year of
10 INT21INT49 Inter/Intra Institutional Internship the appropriate BE./B.Tech and during the 3 100 -- 100 2
authorities intervening period of III
and IV semesters by Lateral
entry students admitted to
III semester.
Total 550 450 1000 22

Course prescribed to lateral entry Diploma holders admitted to III semester of Engineering programs
NCMC
1 Additional Mathematics - II Maths 02 02 -- -- -- 100 -- 100 0
21MATDIP41
Note: BSC: Basic Science Course, IPCC: Integrated Professional Core Course, PCC: Professional Core Course, AEC –Ability Enhancement Courses,
HSMC: Humanity and Social Science and Management Courses, UHV- Universal Human Value Courses.
L –Lecture, T – Tutorial, P- Practical/ Drawing, S – Self Study Component, CIE: Continuous Internal Evaluation, SEE: Semester End Examination.
21KSK37/47 Samskrutika Kannada is for students who speak, read and write Kannada and 21KBK37/47 Balake Kannada is for non-Kannada speaking,
reading, and writing students.
Integrated Professional Core Course (IPCC): Refers to Professional Theory Core Course Integrated with Practicals of the same course. Credit for IPCC
can be 04 and its Teaching – Learning hours (L : T : P) can be considered as (3 : 0 : 2) or (2 : 2 : 2). The theory part of the IPCC shall be evaluated both
by CIE and SEE. The practical part shall be evaluated by only CIE (no SEE). However, questions from practical part of IPCC shall be included in the
SEE question paper. For more details the regulation governing the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering /Technology (BE/B.Tech.) 2021-22 may be referred.
Non – credit mandatory course (NCMC):
Additional Mathematics - II:
(1) Lateral entry Diploma holders admitted to III semester of B.E./B.Tech., shall attend the classes during the IV semester to complete all the formalities
of the course and appear for the Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE). In case, any student fails to register for the said course/fails to secure the minimum
40 % of the prescribed CIE marks, he/she shall be deemed to have secured an F grade. In such a case, the student has to fulfill the course requirements
during subsequent semester/s to earn the qualifying CIE marks. These courses are slated for CIE only and have no SEE.
3
 BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 NEP SCHEME) 3-8 SEMESTERS SYLLABUS

(2) Additional Mathematics I and II shall not be considered for vertical progression as well as for the calculation of SGPA and CGPA, but completion of
the courses shall be mandatory for the award of degree.
(3)Successful completion of the course Additional Mathematics II shall be indicated as satisfactory in the grade card. Non-completion of the courses
Additional Mathematics II shall be indicated as Unsatisfactory.
Ability Enhancement Course – IV
21BT481 Hydroponics, Aquaponics and Aeroponics 21BT483 Biopesticides and Biofertilizers
21BT482 Quality Control and Quality Assurance 21BT484 R Programming for Biologists

Internship of 04 weeks during the intervening period of IV and V semesters; 21INT68Innovation/ Entrepreneurship/ Societal based Internship.
(1)All the students shall have to undergo a mandatory internship of 04 weeks during the intervening period of IV and V semesters. The internship shall be
slated for CIE only and will not have SEE. The letter grade earned through CIE shall be included in the VI semester grade card. The internship shall be
considered as a head of passing and shall be considered for vertical progression and for the award of degree. Those, who do not take up / complete the
internship shall be considered under F (fail) grade and shall have to complete during subsequently after satisfying the internship requirements.
(2) Innovation/ Entrepreneurship Internship shall be carried out at industry, State and Central Government /Non-government organizations (NGOs), micro,
small and medium enterprise (MSME), Innovation centres or Incubation centres. Innovation need not be a single major breakthrough; it can also be a series
of small or incremental changes. Innovation of any kind can also happen outside of the business world.
Entrepreneurship internships offers a chance to gain hands on experience in the world of entrepreneurship and helps to learn what it takes to run a small
entrepreneurial business by performing intern duties with an established company. This experience can then be applied to future business endeavours.
Start-ups and small companies are a preferred place to learn the business tactics for future entrepreneurs as learning how a small business operates will
serve the intern well when he/she manages his/her own company. Entrepreneurship acts as a catalyst to open the minds to creativity and innovation.
Entrepreneurship internship can be from several sectors, including technology, small and medium-sized, and the service sector.
(3) Societal or social internship.
Urbanization is increasing on a global scale; and yet, half the world’s population still resides in rural areas and is devoid of many things that urban
population enjoy. Rural internship is a work-based activity in which students will have a chance to solve/reduce the problems of the rural place for better
living.
As proposed under the AICTE rural internship programme, activities under Societal or social internship, particularly in rural areas, shall be considered for
40 points under AICTE activity point programme.

4
 BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 NEP SCHEME) 3-8 SEMESTERS SYLLABUS

VISVESVARAYA TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI

B.E. in BIOTECHNOLOGY
Scheme of Teaching and Examinations2021
Outcome Based Education (OBE) and Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)
(Effective from the academic year 2021 - 22)
V SEMESTER
Teaching Hours /Week Examination

Question Paper
Setting Board
Department

Self -Study

Total Marks
Practical

Drawing
Teaching

CIE Marks
(TD) and

Tutorial

SEE Marks
Duration in
Lecture
Theory

Credits
(PSB)
Sl. Course and

hours
Course Title

/
No Course Code

L T P S
Biokinetics &Bioreaction TD: BT
1 PCC21BT51 2 2 0 0 03 50 50 100 3
engineering PSB: BT
TD: BT
2 IPCC21BT52 Immunotechnology+lab 3 0 2 0 03 50 50 100 4
PSB: BT
Structural biology &Analytical TD: BT
3 PCC21BT53 2 2 0 0 03 50 50 100 3
techniques PSB: BT
Genomics, Proteomics TD: BT
4 PCC21BT54 3 0 0 0 03 50 50 100 3
&Bioinformatics PSB: BT
TD: BT
5 PCC21BTL55 Bioinformatics lab PSB: BT 0 0 2 0 03 50 50 100 1
TD: Any
Department
Research methodology & PSB: As
6 AEC21BT56 2 0 0 0 02 50 50 100 2
Intellectual property rights identified by
University
TD: Civil/
HSMC21CIV5 Environmental
7 7 Environmental Studies /Chemistry/ 1 0 0 0 1 50 50 100 1
Biotech.
PSB: Civil Engg
If offered as Theory courses
01
TD: BT 1 0 0 1
8 AEC21BT58X Ability Enhancement Course-V 50 50 100 1
PSB: BT If offered as lab. courses
02
0 0 2 0
Total 400 400 800 18
Ability Enhancement Course - V
21BT581 Bio-Innovation and Start-ups 21BT583 Modelling and Simulations in Biology
21BT582 Extraction Methods and Herbal products 21BT584 Good Manufacturing and Laboratory Practices

Note: BSC: Basic Science Course, PCC: Professional Core Course, IPCC: Integrated Professional Core Course, AEC –Ability Enhancement Course INT
–Internship, HSMC: Humanity and Social Science & Management Courses.
L –Lecture, T – Tutorial, P- Practical/ Drawing, S – Self Study Component, CIE: Continuous Internal Evaluation, SEE: Semester End Examination.
Integrated Professional Core Course (IPCC): refers to Professional Theory Core Course Integrated with Practical of the same course. Credit for IPCC
can be 04 and its Teaching – Learning hours (L : T : P) can be considered as (3 : 0 : 2) or (2 : 2 : 2). Theory part of the IPCC shall be evaluated both by
CIE and SEE. The practical part shall be evaluated by CIE only and there shall be no SEE. For more details the regulation governing the Degree of
Bachelor of Engineering /Technology (BE/B.Tech.) 2021-22 may be referred.

5
 BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 NEP SCHEME) 3-8 SEMESTERS SYLLABUS

VISVESVARAYA TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI

B.E. in BIOTECHNOLOGY
Scheme of Teaching and Examinations2021
Outcome Based Education (OBE) and Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)
(Effective from the academic year 2021 - 22)
VI SEMESTER
Teaching Hours /Week Examination

Question Paper
Setting Board
Department

Self -Study
Practical/

Total Marks
Drawing
Teaching

CIE Marks
Tutorial
(TD) and

SEE Marks
Duration in
Lecture
Theory

Credits
(PSB)
Sl. Course and

hours
Course Title
No Course Code

L T P S
Biobusiness Management and
1 HSMC21BT61 Any Department 3 0 0 1 03 50 50 100 3
Entrepreneurship
Bioprocess Principles, TD: BT
2 IPCC21BT62 3 0 2 0 03 50 50 100 4
Control &Automation + Lab PSB: BT
TD: BT
3 PCC21BT63 Enzyme Technology PSB: BT 3 0 0 0 03 50 50 100 3
TD: BT
4 PEC21BT64x Professional elective course-I PSB: BT 3 0 0 1 03 50 50 100 3

TD: BT
5 OEC21BT65x Open elective course-I PSB: BT 3 0 0 1 03 50 50 100 3
TD: BT
6 PCC21BTL66 Enzyme Technology lab PSB: BT 0 0 2 0 03 50 50 100 1
Two contact hours /week for
7 MP21BTMP67 Mini project BT interaction between the -- 100 -- 100 2
faculty and students.
Innovation/Entrepreneurship Completed during the intervening period of IV and
8 INT21INT68 -- 100 -- 100 3
/Societal Internship V semesters.
Total 500 300 800 22

Professional Elective Course - I

21BT641 Human Anatomy and Physiology 21BT643 Biological Data Management and Analysis
21BT642 Biochemical Thermodynamics and Bioenergetics 21BT644 Stem Cell Technology

Open Elective course – I

21BT651 Ecology and Ecosystem 21BT653 Forensic Science
21BT652 Food, Nutrition and Health 21BT654 Robotics in Healthcare and Agri Tech

Note: HSMC: Humanity and Social Science & Management Courses, IPCC: Integrated Professional Core Course, PCC: Professional Core Course, PEC:
Professional Elective Courses, OEC–Open Elective Course, MP –Mini Project, INT –Internship.
L –Lecture, T – Tutorial, P - Practical / Drawing, S – Self Study Component, CIE: Continuous Internal Evaluation, SEE: Semester End Examination.

Integrated Professional Core Course (IPCC): Refers to Professional Theory Core Course Integrated with Practical of the same course. Credit for IPCC
can be 04 and its Teaching – Learning hours (L : T : P) can be considered as (3 : 0 : 2) or (2 : 2 : 2). The theory part of the IPCC shall be evaluated both by
CIE and SEE. The practical part shall be evaluated by CIE only and there shall be no SEE. For more details, the regulation governing the Degree of Bachelor
of Engineering /Technology (BE/B.Tech) 2021-22 may be referred.

Professional Elective Courses(PEC):

A professional elective (PEC) course is intended to enhance the depth and breadth of educational experience in the Engineering and Technology curriculum.
Multidisciplinary courses that are added supplement the latest trend and advanced technology in the selected stream of engineering. Each group will provide
an option to select one course out of five courses. The minimum students’ strength for offering professional electives is 10. However, this conditional shall
not be applicable to cases where the admission to the programme is less than 10.
Open Elective Courses:
Students belonging to a particular stream of Engineering and Technology are not entitled for the open electives offered by their parent Department. However,
they can opt an elective offered by other Departments, provided they satisfy the prerequisite condition if any. Registration to open electives shall be
documented under the guidance of the Program Coordinator/ Advisor/Mentor.
Selection of an open elective shall not be allowed if,
(i) The candidate has studied the same course during the previous semesters of the program.
(ii) The syllabus content of open electives is similar to that of the Departmental core courses or professional electives.
(iii) A similar course, under any category, is prescribed in the higher semesters of the program.
In case, any college is desirous of offering a course (not included in the Open Elective List of the University) from streams such as Law, Business (MBA),
Medicine, Arts, Commerce, etc., can seek permission, at least one month before the commencement of the semester, from the University by submitting a
copy of the syllabus along with the details of expertise available to teach the same in the college.

6
 BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 NEP SCHEME) 3-8 SEMESTERS SYLLABUS

The minimum students’ strength for offering open electives is 10. However, this conditional shall not be applicable to cases where the admission to the
programme is less than 10.
Mini-project work: Mini Project is a laboratory-oriented course which will provide a platform to students to enhance their practical knowledge and skills
by the development of small systems/applications.
Based on the ability/abilities of the student/s and recommendations of the mentor, a single discipline or a multidisciplinary Mini- project can be assigned to
an individual student or to a group having not more than 4 students.
CIE procedure for Mini-project:
(i) Single discipline: The CIE marks shall be awarded by a committee consisting of the Head of the concerned Department and two faculty members of the
Department, one of them being the Guide. The CIE marks awarded for the Mini-project work shall be based on the evaluation of project report, project
presentation skill, and question and answer session in the ratio of 50:25:25. The marks awarded for the project report shall be the same for all the batch
mates.
(ii) Interdisciplinary: Continuous Internal Evaluation shall be group-wise at the college level with the participation of all the guides of the project.
The CIE marks awarded for the Mini-project, shall be based on the evaluation of project report, project presentation skill, and question and answer session
in the ratio 50:25:25. The marks awarded for the project report shall be the same for all the batch mates.
No SEE component for Mini-Project.

Internship of 04 weeks during the intervening period of IV and V semesters; 21INT68Innovation/ Entrepreneurship/ Societalbased Internship.
(1)All the students shall have to undergo a mandatory internship of 04 weeks during the intervening period of IV and V semesters. The internship shall be
slated for CIE only and will not have SEE. The letter grade earned through CIE shall be included in the VI semester grade card.The internship shall be
considered as a head of passing and shall be considered for vertical progression and for the award of degree. Those, who do not take up / complete the
internship shall be considered under F (fail) grade and shall have to complete during subsequently after satisfying the internship requirements.
(2) Innovation/ Entrepreneurship Internship shall be carried out at industry, State and Central Government /Non-government organizations (NGOs), micro,
small and medium enterprise (MSME), Innovation centres or Incubation centres. Innovation need not be a single major breakthrough; it can also be a series
of small or incremental changes. Innovation of any kind can also happen outside of the business world.
Entrepreneurship internships offers a chance to gain hands on experience in the world of entrepreneurship and helps to learn what it takes to run a small
entrepreneurial business by performing intern duties with an established company. This experience can then be applied to future business endeavours. Start-
ups and small companies are a preferred place to learn the business tack ticks for future entrepreneurs as learning how a small business operates will serve
the intern well when he/she manages his/her own company. Entrepreneurship acts as a catalyst to open the minds to creativity and innovation.
Entrepreneurship internship can be from several sectors, including technology, small and medium-sized, and the service sector.
(3) Societal or social internship.
Urbanization is increasing on a global scale; and yet, half the world’s population still resides in rural areas and is devoid of many things that urban population
enjoy. Rural internship is a work-based activity in which students will have a chance to solve/reduce the problems of the rural place for better living.
As proposed under the AICTE rural internship programme, activities under Societal or social internship, particularly in rural areas, shall be considered for
40 points under AICTE activity point programme.

VII semester Class work and Research Internship /Industry Internship (21INT82)
Swapping Facility
Institutions can swap VII and VIII Semester Scheme of Teaching and Examinations to accommodate research internship/ industry internship after the VI
semester.
(2) Credits earned for the courses of VII and VIII Semester Scheme of Teaching and Examinations shall be counted against the corresponding semesters
whether VII or VIII semester is completed during the beginning of IV year or later part of IV year of the program.
Elucidation:
At the beginning of IV year of the programme i.e., after VI semester, VII semester classwork and VIII semester Research Internship /Industrial Internship
shall be permitted to be operated simultaneously by the University so that students have ample opportunity for internship. In other words, a good percentage
of the class shall attend VII semester classwork and similar percentage of others shall attend to Research Internship or Industrial Internship.
Research/Industrial Internship shall be carried out at an Industry, NGO, MSME, Innovation centre, Incubation centre, Start-up, Centers of Excellence (CoE),
Study Centre established in the parent institute and /or at reputed research organizations / institutes. The internship can also be rural internship.
The mandatory Research internship /Industry internship is for 24 weeks. The internship shall be considered as a head of passing and shall be considered for
the award of degree. Those, who do not take up/complete the internship shall be declared fail and shall have to complete during the subsequent University
examination after satisfying the internship requirements.
INT21INT82Research Internship/ Industry Internship/Rural Internship
Research internship: A research internship is intended to offer the flavour of current research going on in the research field. It helps students get familiarized
with the field and imparts the skill required for carrying out research.
Industry internship: Is an extended period of work experience undertaken by students to supplement their degree for professional development. It
also helps them learn to overcome unexpected obstacles and successfully navigate organizations, perspectives, and cultures. Dealing with contingencies
helps students recognize, appreciate, and adapt to organizational realities by tempering their knowledge with practical constraints.
Rural Internship: A long-term goal, as proposed under the AICTE rural internship programme, shall be counted as rural internship activity.
The student can take up Interdisciplinary Research Internship or Industry Internship.
The faculty coordinator or mentor has to monitor the students’ internship progress and interact with them to guide for the successful completion of the
internship.
The students are permitted to carry out the internship anywhere in India or abroad. University shall not bear any expenses incurred in respect of internship.

7
 BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 NEP SCHEME) 3-8 SEMESTERS SYLLABUS

VISVESVARAYA TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI

B.E. in BIOTECHNOLOGY
Scheme of Teaching and Examinations2021
Outcome Based Education (OBE) and Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)
(Effective from the academic year 2021 - 22)
Swappable VII and VIII SEMESTER
VII SEMESTER
Teaching Hours /Week Examination

Question Paper
Setting Board
Department

Self -Study
Practical/

Total Marks
Drawing
Teaching

CIE Marks
Tutorial
(TD) and

SEE Marks
Duration in
Lecture
Theory

Credits
(PSB)
Sl. Course and

hours
Course title
No Course Code

L T P S
Upstream &Downstream TD: BT
1 PCC21BT71 3 0 0 1 3 50 50 100 3
Bioprocess Technology PSB: BT
TD: BT
2 PCC21BT72 Bioethics and Biosafety 2 0 0 1 2 50 50 100 2
PSB: BT
TD: BT
3 PEC21BT72X Professional elective course-II PSB: BT 3 0 0 1 3 50 50 100 3

TD: BT
4 PEC21BT73X Professional elective course-III PSB: BT 3 0 0 1 3 50 50 100 3
TD: BT
5 OEC21BT74X Open elective course-II 3 0 0 1 3 50 50 100 3
PSB: BT
Two contact hours /week for
6 Project21BTP75 Project work BT interaction between the 3 100 100 200 10
faculty and students.
Total 350 350 700 24

VIII SEMESTER
Teaching Hours /Week Examination
Department

Self -Study
Practical/

Total Marks
Drawing
Teaching

CIE Marks
Tutorial

SEE Marks
Duration in
Lecture
Theory

Credits
Sl. Course and

hours
Course Title
No Course Code

L T P S
One contact hour /week for
1 Seminar21BT81 Technical seminar BT interaction between the faculty -- 100 -- 100 01
and students.
INT21INT82 Research internship/ industry Two contact hours /week for 03
2 internship BT interaction between the faculty (Batch 100 100 200 15
and students. wise )
3 National Service Scheme
21NS83 NSS
(NSS) Completed during the
NCMC

21PE83 Physical Education (PE) intervening period of III -- 50 50 100 0

PE
(Sports and Athletics) semester to VIII semester.
21YO83 Yoga Yoga
Total 250 150 400 16

Professional Elective Course - II

21BT721 Medicinal Chemistry and Chemoinformatics 21BT724 Metabolic Engineering and Functional Genomics
21BT722 Bioreactor Design and Scale up 21BT725 Nanobiotechnology
21BT723 Biomedical Imaging and Health Informatics

Professional Elective Course - III

21BT731 Systems Biology & Rational Drug Design 21BT734 Agricultural Biotechnology and Crop Improvement
21BT732 Food Processing and Nutraceuticals 21BT735 Synthetic Biology and Tissue Engineering
21BT733 Pharmaceutical BT and Clinical Research

8
 BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 NEP SCHEME) 3-8 SEMESTERS SYLLABUS

Open Elective Course - II

21BT741 Biomaterials and Medical Implants 21BT744 Biofuels and Bioenergy
21BT742 Biosensors and Applications 21BT745 Bioterrorism and National Security
21BT743 Bioremediation Techniques
Note: PCC: Professional Core Course, PEC: Professional Elective Courses, OEC–Open Elective Course, AEC –Ability Enhancement Courses.
L –Lecture, T – Tutorial, P- Practical / Drawing, S – Self Study Component, CIE: Continuous Internal Evaluation, SEE: Semester End Examination.
Note: VII and VIII semesters of IV year of the programme
(1) Institutions can swap VII and VIII Semester Scheme of Teaching and Examinations to accommodate research internship/ industry internship after the
VI semester.
(2) Credits earned for the courses of VII and VIII Semester Scheme of Teaching and Examinations shall be counted against the corresponding semesters
whether VII or VIII semester is completed during the beginning of IV year or later part of IV year of the programme.
VII semester Class work and Research Internship /Industry Internship (21INT82)
Elucidation:
At the beginning of IV year of the programme i.e., after VI semester, VII semester classwork and VIII semester Research Internship /Industrial Internship
shall be permitted to be operated simultaneously by the University so that students have ample opportunity for internship. In other words, a good percentage
of the class shall attend VII semester classwork and similar percentage of others shall attend to Research Internship or Industrial Internship.
Research/Industrial Internship shall be carried out at an Industry, NGO, MSME, Innovation centre, Incubation centre, Start-up, Centers of Excellence (CoE),
Study Centre established in the parent institute and /or at reputed research organizations / institutes. The internship can also be rural internship.
The mandatory Research internship /Industry internship is for 24 weeks. The internship shall be considered as a head of passing and shall be considered for
the award of degree. Those, who do not take up/complete the internship shall be declared fail and shall have to complete during the subsequent University
examination after satisfying the internship requirements.
INT21INT82Research Internship/ Industry Internship/Rural Internship
Research internship: A research internship is intended to offer the flavour of current research going on in the research field. It helps students get familiarized
with the field and imparts the skill required for carrying out research.
Industry internship: Is an extended period of work experience undertaken by students to supplement their degree for professional development. It also
helps them learn to overcome unexpected obstacles and successfully navigate organizations, perspectives, and cultures. Dealing with contingencies helps
students recognize, appreciate, and adapt to organizational realities by tempering their knowledge with practical constraints.
Rural Internship: A long-term goal, as proposed under the AICTE rural internship programme, shall be counted as rural internship activity.
The student can take up Interdisciplinary Research Internship or Industry Internship.
The faculty coordinator or mentor has to monitor the students’ internship progress and interact with them to guide for the successful completion of the
internship.
The students are permitted to carry out the internship anywhere in India or abroad. University shall not bear any expenses incurred in respect of internship.
PROJECT WORK (21BTP75): The objective of the Project work is
(i) To encourage independent learning and the innovative attitude of the students.
(ii) To develop interactive attitude, communication skills, organization, time management, and presentation skills.
(iii) To impart flexibility and adaptability.
(iv) To inspire team working.
(v) To expand intellectual capacity, credibility, judgment and intuition.
(vi) To adhere to punctuality, setting and meeting deadlines.
(vii) To install responsibilities to oneself and others.
(viii)To train students to present the topic of project work in a seminar without any fear, face the audience confidently, enhance communication skills,
involve in group discussion to present and exchange ideas.
CIE procedure for Project Work:
(1) Single discipline: The CIE marks shall be awarded by a committee consisting of the Head of the concerned Department and two senior faculty members
of the Department, one of whom shall be the Guide.
The CIE marks awarded for the project work, shall be based on the evaluation of project work Report, project presentation skill, and question and answer
session in the ratio 50:25:25. The marks awarded for the project report shall be the same for all the batch mates.
(2) Interdisciplinary: Continuous Internal Evaluation shall be group-wise at the college level with the participation of all guides of the college. Participation
of external guide/s, if any, is desirable. The CIE marks awarded for the project work, shall be based on the evaluation of project work Report, project
presentation skill, and question and answer session in the ratio 50:25:25. The marks awarded for the project report shall be the same for all the batch mates.
SEE procedure for Project Work: SEE for project work will be conducted by the two examiners appointed by the University. The SEE marks awarded
for the project work shall be based on the evaluation of project work Report, project presentation skill, and question and answer session in the ratio 50:25:25.

9
 BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 NEP SCHEME) 3-8 SEMESTERS SYLLABUS

TECHNICAL SEMINAR (21BTS81): The objective of the seminar is to inculcate self-learning, present the seminar topic confidently, enhance
communication skill, involve in group discussion for exchange of ideas. Each student, under the guidance of a Faculty, shall choose, preferably, a recent
topic of his/her interest relevant to the programme of Specialization.
(i) Carry out literature survey, systematically organize the content.
(ii) Prepare the report with own sentences, avoiding a cut and paste act.
(iii)Type the matter to acquaint with the use of Micro-soft equation and drawing tools or any such facilities.
(iv) Present the seminar topic orally and/or through PowerPoint slides.
(v) Answer the queries and involve in debate/discussion.
(vi) Submit a typed report with a list of references.
The participants shall take part in the discussion to foster a friendly and stimulating environment in which the students are motivated to reach high standards
and become self-confident.
Evaluation Procedure:
The CIE marks for the seminar shall be awarded (based on the relevance of the topic, presentation skill, participation in the question-and-answer session,
and quality of report) by the committee constituted for the purpose by the Head of the Department. The committee shall consist of three teachers from the
department with the senior-most acting as the Chairman.
Marks distribution for CIE of the course:
Seminar Report:50 marks
Presentation skill:25 marks
Question and Answer: 25 marks. No SEE component for Technical Seminar
Non – credit mandatory courses (NCMC):
National Service Scheme/Physical Education (Sport and Athletics)/ Yoga:
(1) Securing 40 % or more in CIE,35 % or more marks in SEE and 40 % or more in the sum total of CIE + SEE leads to successful completion of the
registered course.
(2) In case, students fail to secure 35 % marks in SEE, they has to appear for SEE during the subsequent examinations conducted by the University.
(3)In case, any student fails to register for NSS, PE or Yoga/fails to secure the minimum 40 % of the prescribed CIE marks, he/she shall be deemed to have
not completed the requirements of the course. In such a case, the student has to fulfill the course requirements during subsequently to earn the qualifying
CIE marks subject to the maximum programme period.
(4) Successful completion of the course shall be indicated as satisfactory in the grade card. Non-completion of the course shall be indicated as Unsatisfactory.
(5) These courses shall not be considered for vertical progression as well as for the calculation of SGPA and CGPA, but completion of the courses shall be
mandatory for the award of degree.

10
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 NEP SCHEME) 3-8 SEMESTERS SYLLABUS

VISVESVARAYA TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI

B.E. in BIOTECHNOLOGY
Scheme and Syllabus of Teaching and Examinations 2021
Outcome Based Education (OBE) and Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)
III SEMESTER
TRANSFORM CALCULUS, FOURIER SERIES AND NUMERICAL
TECHNIQUES (Common to all branches)
Course Code 21MAT 31 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P:S) 2:2:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To have an insight into solving ordinary differential equations by using Laplace transform techniques
 Learn to use the Fourier series to represent periodical physical phenomena in engineering analysis.
 To enable the students to study Fourier Transforms and concepts of infinite Fourier Sine and Cosine transforms and
to learn the method of solving difference equations by the z-transform method.
 To develop proficiency in solving ordinary and partial differential equations arising in engineering applications,
using numerical methods
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions):
ThesearesampleStrategies,whichteacherscanusetoacceleratetheattainmentofthevariouscourse outcomes.
 Inadditiontothetraditionallecturemethod,differenttypesofinnovativeteachingmethodsmay be adopted so that the
delivered lessons shall develop students’ theoretical and applied mathematicalskills.
 StatetheneedforMathematicswithEngineeringStudiesandProvidereal-lifeexamples.
 Supportandguidethestudentsforself–study.
 Youwillalsoberesponsibleforassigninghomework,gradingassignmentsandquizzes,and documenting
students'progress.
 Encouragethestudentsforgrouplearningtoimprovetheircreativeandanalyticalskills.
 Showshortrelatedvideolecturesinthefollowingways:
a. Asanintroductiontonewtopics(pre-lectureactivity).
b. As a revision of topics (post-lectureactivity).
c. As additional examples (post-lectureactivity).
d. Asanadditionalmaterialofchallengingtopics(pre-andpost-lectureactivity).
e. Asamodelsolutionforsomeexercises(post-lectureactivity).
Module-1: Laplace Transform(8 Hours)
Definition and Laplace transforms of elementary functions (statements only). Problems on Laplace's Transform of
𝑓(𝑡)
𝑒 𝑎𝑡 𝑓(𝑡), 𝑡 𝑛 𝑓(𝑡) , . Laplace transforms of Periodic functions (statement only) and unit-step function – problems.
𝑡
Inverse Laplace transforms definition and problems, Convolution theorem to find the inverse Laplace transforms (without
Proof) problems. Laplace transforms of derivatives, solution of differential equations.
Self-study: Solution of simultaneous first-order differential equations.
(RBT Levels: L1, L2 and L3 )
Module-2: Fourier Series (8 Hours)
Introduction to infinite series, convergence and divergence. Periodic functions, Dirichlet’s condition. Fourier series of
periodic functions with period 2𝜋 and arbitrary period. Half range Fourier series. Practical harmonic analysis.
Self-study: Convergence of series by D’Alembert’s Ratio test and, Cauchy’sroot test.
(RBT Levels: L1, L2 and L3)
Module-3: Infinite Fourier Transforms and Z-Transforms (8 Hours)
Infinite Fourier transforms definition, Fourier sine and cosine transforms. Inverse Fourier transforms, Inverse Fourier cosine
and sine transforms. Problems.
Difference equations, z-transform-definition, Standard z-transforms, Damping and shifting rules, Problems. Inverse z-
transform and applications to solve difference equations.
Self-Study: Initial value and final value theorems, problems.
(RBT Levels: L1, L2 and L3)
Module-4: Numerical Solution of Partial Differential Equations(8 Hours)

11
 BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 NEP SCHEME) 3-8 SEMESTERS SYLLABUS

Classifications of second-order partial differential equations, finite difference approximations to derivatives, Solution of
Laplace’s equation using standard five-point formula. Solution of heat equation by Schmidt explicit formula and Crank-
Nicholson method, Solution of the Wave equation. Problems.
Self-Study: Solution of Poisson equations using standard five-point formula.
(RBT Levels: L1, L2 and L3)
Module-5: Numerical Solution of Second-Order ODEs and Calculus of Variations (8 Hours)
Second-order differential equations - Runge-Kutta method and Milne’s predictor and corrector method. (No derivations
of formulae).
Calculus of Variations: Functionals, Euler’s equation, Problems on extremals of functional. Geodesics on a plane,
Variational problems.
Self-Study: Hanging chain problem
(RBT Levels: L1, L2 and L3)
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 To solve ordinary differential equations using Laplace transform.
 Demonstrate the Fourier series to study the behaviour of periodic functions and their applications in system
communications, digital signal processing and field theory.
 To use Fourier transforms to analyze problems involving continuous-time signals and to apply Z-Transform
techniques to solve difference equations
 To solve mathematical models represented by initial or boundary value problems involving partial differential
equations
 Determine the extremals of functionals using calculus of variations and solve problems arising in dynamics of
rigid bodies and vibrational analysis.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks out of 50). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied
the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (
18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total
of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
6. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(To have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be scaled down
to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
 The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

12
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 NEP SCHEME) 3-8 SEMESTERS SYLLABUS

Suggested Learning Resources:

TEXT BOOKS:
 B.S.Grewal:“HigherEngineeringMathematics”,Khanna publishers,44thEd.2018
 E.Kreyszig:“AdvancedEngineeringMathematics”,JohnWiley&Sons,10thEd.(Reprint),2016.

REFERENCE BOOKS
 V.Ramana:“HigherEngineeringMathematics”McGraw-HillEducation,11thEd.
 SrimantaPal&SubodhC.Bhunia:“EngineeringMathematics”OxfordUniversityPress,3 rdReprint, 2016.
 N.P Bali and Manish Goyal: “A textbook of Engineering Mathematics” Laxmi Publications, Latest edition.
 C. Ray Wylie, Louis C. Barrett: “Advanced Engineering Mathematics” McGraw – Hill Book Co.Newyork, Latested.
 Gupta C.B, Sing S.R and Mukesh Kumar: “Engineering Mathematic for Semester I and II”, Mc- Graw Hill Education(India) Pvt.
Ltd2015.
 H.K.DassandEr.RajnishVerma:“HigherEngineeringMathematics”S.ChandPublication(2014).
 JamesStewart:“Calculus”Cengagepublications,7thedition,4thReprint2019
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 http://.ac.in/courses.php?disciplineID=111
 http://www.class-central.com/subject/math(MOOCs)
 http://academicearth.org/
 http://www.bookstreet.in.
 VTU e-ShikshanaProgram / VTU EDUSATProgram
 http://.ac.in/courses.php?disciplineID=111
 http://www.class-central.com/subject/math(MOOCs)
 http://academicearth.org/
 http://www.bookstreet.in.
 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ma12/preview
 https://www.udemy.com/course/fourier-and-laplace-transforms/?

13
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

UNIT OPERATIONS + LAB

Course Code 21BT32 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:1:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 50 Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To know the fundamental concepts of fluid mechanics, heat and mass transfer.
 To understand the design concepts of fluid and particulate technology.
 To solve engineering problems related to fluid flow, heat and mass transfer.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (10 Hours)
FUNDAMENTALS OF FLUID MECHANICS:
Fluiddefinitionandclassificationoffluids,typesoffluids,Rheologicalbehaviouroffluids&Newton’sLawofviscosity.Fluidstatic
s-Pascal'slaw,Hydrostaticequilibrium,Barometricequationandpressuremeasurement(problems), Basic equations of fluid
flow, Continuity equation, Euler’s equation and
Bernoulliequation;Typesofflow:laminarandturbulent;Reynoldsexperiment;Flowthroughcircularandnon-circular
conduits,Hagen Poiseuille equation (no derivation). Flow through stagnant fluids, theory of Settling andSedimentation,
Equipment(cyclones,thickeners)Conceptualnumericals.
LAB EXERCISES:
❖ Batch Sedimentation
❖ Flow through circular/non-circular pipes / packed bed flow
Module-2 (10 Hours)
FLOW MEASUREMENTS & MECHANICAL OPERATIONS:
Different types of flow measuring devices (Orifice meter, Venturimeter, Rotameter) with derivations, flowmeasurements.
Pumps: types of pumps (Centrifugal & Reciprocating pumps), Energy calculations andcharacteristics of pumps. Size
reduction, characteristics of comminute products, sieve analysis, Propertiesand handling of particulate solids:
characterization of solid particles, average particle size, screen
analysis,Conceptualnumericalsofdifferentialandcumulativeanalysis.Sizereduction,crushinglaws,workingprinciple of ball
mill. Filtration & types, filtration equipment (plate and frame, rotary drum). Conceptualnumericals.
LAB EXERCISES:
❖ Flow measurements using Venturi /Orificemeter.
❖ Ball Mill and Sieve Analysis
Module-3 (10 Hours)
CONDUCTIVE & CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER:
Modes of heat transfer; Conduction: steady state heat conduction through unilayer and multilayer walls,cylinders;
Insulation, critical thickness of insulation. Convection: Forced and Natural convection, principles ofheat transfer co-
efficient, log mean temperature difference, individual and overall heat transfer co-efficient,foulingfactor;Condensation:
filmwiseanddropwise(noderivation).Heattransfer equipment: doublepipe heat exchanger, shell and tube heat exchanger
(with working principle and construction with applications).Conceptualnumericals.
LAB EXERCISES:
❖ Natural convection in bare tubes
❖ Heat transfer in packed bed / DPHE
Module-4 (10 Hours)

1
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

BASICSOFMASSTRANSFER:
Diffusion: Fick’slawofdiffusion.Typesofdiffusion.Steadystate molecular diffusion in fluids at rest and laminar flow
(stagnant/unidirectional and bidirectional). Measurement of diffusivity,Mass transfer coefficientsandtheircorrelations.
Conceptualnumericals.
LAB EXERCISES:
❖ Mass transfer coefficient in Humidification and Dehumidification
❖ Diffusionoforganicsolvent (CCL4) inair
❖ Effect of temperature on the diffusion co-efficient
Module-5 (10 Hours)
MASS TRANSFER OPERATIONS:
Basic concepts ofLiquid-liquid extraction: equilibrium, stage typeextractors (belt extraction and basket extraction).
Distillation: Methods of distillation, distillation of binarymixturesusingMcCabeThielemethod. Drying
operations,batchandcontinuousdrying.Conceptual numericals.
LAB EXERCISES:
❖ Liquid-Liquid Extraction
❖ Distillation of binary mixtures
❖ Tray drying characteristics
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Describethenature andpropertiesoffluids.
 Perform various flow measurements using differentinstruments.
 Explain theprinciplesofvariousm e c h a n i c a l operations like sizereductions,conveying
equipment,sedimentationand mixingtanks.
 Illustrate thelawsgoverningtheheat andmasstransferoperations.
 Analyse theconstruction details of heatand mass transferequipmentforspecificrequirements.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
CIE for the theory component of IPCC
Two Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Scaled-down marks of two tests and two assignments added will be CIE marks for the theory component
of IPCC for 30 marks.

CIE for the practical component of IPCC

 On completion of every experiment/program in the laboratory, the students shall be evaluated

and marks shall be awarded on the same day. The15 marks are for conducting the experiment
and preparation of the laboratory record, the other 05 marks shall be for the test conducted at
the end of the semester.
 The CIE marks awarded in the case of the Practical component shall be based on the continuous
evaluation of the laboratory report. Each experiment report can be evaluated for 10 marks. Marks

2
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

of all experiments’ write-ups are added and scaled down to 15 marks.

 The laboratory test (duration 02/03 hours) at the end of the 15th week of the semester /after
completion of all the experiments (whichever is early) shall be conducted for 50 marks and scaled
down to 05 marks.
Scaled-down marks of write-up evaluations and tests added will be CIE marks for the laboratory
component of IPCC for 20 marks.
.
SEE for IPCC
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the course (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scorded shall be
proportionally scaled down to 50 Marks
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
3. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

The theory portion of the IPCC shall be for both CIE and SEE, whereas the practical portion will
have a CIE component only. Questions mentioned in the SEE paper shall include questions from
the practical component).
 The minimum marks to be secured in CIE to appear for SEE shall be the 12 (40% of maximum
marks-30) in the theory component and 08 (40% of maximum marks -20) in the practical
component. The laboratory component of the IPCC shall be for CIE only. However, in SEE, the
questions from the laboratory component shall be included. The maximum of 04/05 questions to
be set from the practical component of IPCC, the total marks of all questions should not be more
than the 20 marks.
SEE will be conducted for 100 marks and students shall secure 35% of the maximum marks to qualify in
the SEE. Marks secured will be scaled down to 50.
Suggested Learning Resources:
 Unit operations in ChemicalEngineering, Warren L.McCabe,Julian, C.Smith & PeterHarriot, McGraw-
HillEducation (India) Edition, 2014
 PrinciplesofUnitOperations Alan SFoust, L.A. Wenzel, C.W.Clump,L. Maus, and L.B.Anderson
JohnWiley&Sons, 2nd edition, 2008.
 Unit Operations of ChemicalEngineering,VolI&II Chattopadhyaya KhannaPublishers,Delhi-6 1996.
 FluidMechanics, K LKumar SChand &CompanyLtd, 2008.
 IntroductiontoChemical Engineering, BadgerW.I.andBanchero,J.T.,TataMcGrawHillNewYork. 1997.
 HeatTransfer JPHolman McGrawHill InternationalEd., 10th Edition, 2010.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
● VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
● https://nptel.ac.in/courses/103103155
● https://nptel.ac.in/courses/103107127
● https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ntjyr9kXuCs
● https://nptel.ac.in/courses/103103155
● https://nptel.ac.in/courses/103107127
● https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ntjyr9kXuCs
● https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_ch27/preview
● https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-mechanical-unit-operations-14193
● https://www.isa-lille.com/academics/master-programs/food-science/course-unit-operations/N
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● Group Discussion of Case studies

3
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

● Model Making and poster presentations

BIOCHEMISTRY +LAB
Course Code 21BT33 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 50 Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To Get an overview of the main aspects of biochemistry by relating molecular interactions to their effects on the
organism as a whole.
 To Understand the organization of macromolecules through a discussion of their hierarchical structure and study
their assembly into complexes, responsible for specific biological processes.
 To Comprehend the different metabolic pathways and their interconnections into tightly regulated networks
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry-based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1(10 Hours)
INTRODUCTION:
Chemical foundations of Biology: Water in biological system: Physical and chemical properties ofwater, weak interactions
in macromolecular structure and function, Water as solvent for biochemical reaction. Ionisation of water, Concentration
of solutions, pH, Henderson Hesselbalch equation, preparation of buffers. Buffering against pH changes in biological
systems.
Lab exercises:
 Preparation of strength of solutions (percentage, normality, molarity, molality)
 Preparation of buffers of different concentrations and pH measurements (via pH paper and pH meter)
Module-2(10 Hours)
CARBOHYDRATES AND LIPIDS:
Carbohydrates: Structure and function of monosaccharide, disaccharide and polysaccharide. Reducing and non-reducing
sugars, Carbohydrate metabolism: glycolysis, tricarboxylic acid cycle,gluconeogenesis, Glycogenesis, glycogenolysis and
pentose phosphate pathway. Fates of pyruvate.
Lipids: Classification and function of lipids (fatty acids, triacyl glycerol, phospholipids, glycolipids, spingolipids,
lipoproteins and steroids). Lipid metabolism: Digestion, Mobilization and transport of fats, Biosynthesis of palmitic acid,
and biodegradation of fatty acids (beta oxidation).
Lab exercises:
 Estimation of reducing sugars by DNS, Nelson-Somogyi methods
 Qualitative tests for carbohydrates
Module-3(10 Hours)
PROTEINS AND NUCLEIC ACIDS:
Amino Acids: Classification, structure and properties of amino acids. Titration curves of amino acids, Proteins: primary,
secondary, tertiary and quaternary structures of proteins. Biodegradation of amino acids- deamination, decarboxylation,
transamination and urea cycle.
Nucleic acids: Structure, properties and functions of nucleotides. Types, forms, structures and functions of DNA and RNA.
Biosynthesis (denovo and salvage pathway) and degradation of Nucleotides.
Lab exercises:
 Estimation of DNA
 Estimation of amino acid by ninhydrin method
 Estimation of proteins: Comparison of Lowry’s method, Bradford and Biuret methods.

4
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Module-4(10 Hours)
BIOENERGETICS:
Introduction, energy flow cycle, thermodynamic laws, Standard free energy change-equilibrium constant. High energy
compounds, structure and properties of ATP, biological oxidation - Electron transport chain, ATP synthesis. Oxidative
phosphorylation. Photosystems and photophosphorylation (synthesis of ATP and NADPH), Inhibitors of oxidative
phosphorylation, Shuttle pathway – Glycerol phosphate Shuttle, Malate aspartate Shuttle.
Lab exercises:
 Coupled enzyme-based assay utilizing ATP or NADH
 Separation of Chlorophyll and Chloroplast.
Module-5(10 Hours)
DISORDERS OF METABOLISM:
Disorders of carbohydrate (lactose intolerance, galactosemia, glycogen storage disease, diabetes), lipid (atherosclerosis,
ketone bodies (acidosis-kesosis), Gaucher disease and Tay-Sachs disease,LDL-hypercholesterolemia) and amino acids
(phenylketonuria, alkaptonuriea, tyrosinemia, homocystinuria, and maple syrup urine disease), Nucleic acid (Gout, lesh-
nyhn syndrome, hyper and hypo uricemia, adenosine deaminase deficiency).
Lab exercises:
 Estimation of urea by DAMO method
 Qualitative tests for amino acids.
 Qualitative tests for Lipids.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Explain the fundamentals of biologically important molecules such as structures, functions and interactions
 Understand complex biochemical pathways within living cells and the associated metabolic disorders
 Comprehend biochemical principles and apply them to biological systems/samples
 Perform basic biochemical experiments, analyse, interpret and present the data
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
CIE for the theory component of IPCC
Two Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Scaled-down marks of two tests and two assignments added will be CIE marks for the theory component
of IPCC for 30 marks.

CIE for the practical component of IPCC

 On completion of every experiment/program in the laboratory, the students shall be evaluated

and marks shall be awarded on the same day. The15 marks are for conducting the experiment
and preparation of the laboratory record, the other 05 marks shall be for the test conducted at
the end of the semester.
 The CIE marks awarded in the case of the Practical component shall be based on the continuous
evaluation of the laboratory report. Each experiment report can be evaluated for 10 marks. Marks
of all experiments’ write-ups are added and scaled down to 15 marks.

 The laboratory test (duration 02/03 hours) at the end of the 15th week of the semester /after

5
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

completion of all the experiments (whichever is early) shall be conducted for 50 marks and scaled
down to 05 marks.
Scaled-down marks of write-up evaluations and tests added will be CIE marks for the laboratory
component of IPCC for 20 marks.
.
SEE for IPCC
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the course (duration 03 hours)
4. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scorded shall be
proportionally scaled down to 50 Marks
5. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
6. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

The theory portion of the IPCC shall be for both CIE and SEE, whereas the practical portion will
have a CIE component only. Questions mentioned in the SEE paper shall include questions from
the practical component).
 The minimum marks to be secured in CIE to appear for SEE shall be the 12 (40% of maximum
marks-30) in the theory component and 08 (40% of maximum marks -20) in the practical
component. The laboratory component of the IPCC shall be for CIE only. However, in SEE, the
questions from the laboratory component shall be included. The maximum of 04/05 questions to
be set from the practical component of IPCC, the total marks of all questions should not be more
than the 20 marks.
SEE will be conducted for 100 marks and students shall secure 35% of the maximum marks to qualify in
the SEE. Marks secured will be scaled down to 50.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Principles of Biochemistry, Donald Voet, Judith G. Voet, Charlotte W. Pratt, 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons,
2012.
 Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry, David L. Nelson, Michael M. Cox, 67h Edition, W.H. Freeman, 2017.
 Biochemistry, U Satyanarayana, 5th EditionBooks & Allied Ltd., 2017.
 Biochemistry, Denise Ferrier, Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, 2017.
 Harper's Illustrated Biochemistry by Victor W. Rodwell, David Bender, Kathleen M. Botham, Peter J. Kennelly,
P. Anthony Weil,Thirty-First Edition (A & L LANGE SERIES), 2018.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

● VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
● https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/7-012-introduction-to-biology-fall-2004/resources/lecture-2-biochemistry-1/
● https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cy06/preview
● https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/5-111-principles-of-chemical-science-fall-2008/resources/lecture-36/
● https://cosmolearning.org/courses/biochemistry-i/video-lectures
● https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/7-012-introduction-to-biology-fall-2004/resources/lecture-2-biochemistry-1/
● https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cy06/preview
● https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/5-111-principles-of-chemical-science-fall-2008/resources/lecture-36/
● https://www.udemy.com/course/introduction-to-biochemistry/
● https://www.edx.org/learn/biochemistry
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● Beer lamberts law and Determination of lambda max of colored solutions/molecules.
● Importance of Biochemistry in drug discovery (with case studies)
● Regulation of metabolic pathways (with examples)
● Group Discussion of Case studies

6
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

● Model Making and poster presentations

MICROBIOLOGY
Course Code 21BT34 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 2:2:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To understand the details of classification, structural features and functional aspects of prokaryotic and eukaryotic
microorganisms.
 To learn different techniques of microscopy and be able to describe microbial techniques for growth, cultivation and
characterization of microorganisms.
 To explain microbial metabolism, growth and control of microorganisms.
 To describe and relate the occurrence of microbes caused diseases.
 To analyse various industrial applications of microbiology.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (8 hours)
OVERVIEW OF MICROBIOLOGY AND MICROORGANISMS:
Scope and History of Microbiology (Major milestones). Prokaryotes, Archaea and Eukaryotes. Microbial diversity and
Taxonomy. Classification, characteristics and reproduction of Bacteria, Viruses, Fungi, Protozoa, Algae. General features
of true bacteria (Rickettsia, Mycoplasma and Chlamydia), Prions, Spirochetes, Actinomycetes. Case studies.
Module-2 (8 hours)
METHODS AND TECHNIQUES IN MICROBIOLOGY:
Basic principles of Microscopy, Bright-Field, Dark-Field, Phase-Contrast, Acoustic, Fluorescence, Electron Microscopy:
SEM, TEM. Micrometry. Media: types and preparation. Pure culture Techniques (streak-plate, spread plate, pour plate).
Staining techniques (Simple and differential). Case studies.
Module-3 (8 hours)
MICROBIAL GROWTH, METABOLISM AND CONTROL:
Microbial growth: Phases, Factors affecting growth, growth measurement and enumeration. Microbial Genetics (Brief
introduction to Transformation, Transduction and Conjugation). Metabolism; Primary and Secondary metabolites with
examples, metabolic pathways important in microorganisms- Respiration and Fermentation (EMP, HMP, ED, Phospho
ketolase, Mixed acid, TCA).Quorum sensing. Control of growth (Sterilization and disinfection techniques).Case studies.
Module-4 (8 hours)
MICROBIOLOGY AND DISEASES:
Common diseases caused by microbes: viruses (Polio, H1N1, SARS, Covid-19, HIV, Hepatis), bacteria (TB, Cholera,
Typhoid, Pneumonia, Plague, Diphtheria, Ecoli infections), Protozoans (Malaria, Leishmaniasis and Amebiasis).Common
types of fungal infections (ringworm, yeast infection). Case studies.
Module-5 (8 hours)
ENVIRONMENT AND INDUSTRIAL MICROBIOLOGY:

7
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Aerobiology, Air sampling techniques. Microbiology of potable water and wastewater treatment. Microbiology of soil,
Beneficial Microbes, Biofertilizers, VAM, Rhizobium. Microbes in Bioremediation. Case studies. Industrially important
microbes: Enzymes, SCP production, Penicillin, vitamin B12 and Glutamate production.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Correlate the structure, function and metabolic pathways of microorganisms.
 Apply the principles of microbial culture for identifying the appropriate technique used in culture and characterization
of microorganisms under aseptic conditions.
 Analyze the role of microorganisms in environmental protection, industrial applications and infectious diseases.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% ( 18
Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of
the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be proportionally
scaled down to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 General Microbiology: Roger Y Stanier, John L Ingraham, and Mark L Wheels Macmillan Press Ltd, V Edition
(International Edition). 1999.
 Ananthanarayanand Paniker, Textbook of Microbiology. Orient Blackswan, 2006.
 Microbiology Michael J Pelczar, J R Chan ECS, Noel R Krieg Tata McGraw-Hill Education Pvt. 2013.
 Harley, Klein. Microbiology Prescott, McGraw Hill Seventh Edition.1996.
 Industrial Microbiology, Prescott and Dunn, CBS Pub. 4th Edition, 2004.
 Black J, Microbiology: Principles and Explorations, 7th Edn. John Wiley and Sons, USA. 2010.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
● VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
● https://www.udemy.com/course/basics-of-medical-microbiology/
● https://www.edx.org/learn/microbiology
● https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=microbiology

8
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

● https://www.futurelearn.com/courses/introduction-to-microbiology
● https://alison.com/course/introduction-to-microbiology
● e- books:
http://books.pakchem.net/microbiology-books.html
http://www.austincc.edu/rohde/noteref.htm

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

● Demos in classes (by groups of students)
● AV presentation by students (on topics as per choice of the teacher)
● Collection of case studies on topics covered with contamination, pandemic and allied
● Group Discussions on recent advancements

MICROBIOLOGY LAB
Course Code 21BTL35 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Credits 01 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To develop ability to use basic instruments in the microbiology lab
 To prepare required media and sterile the glassware for culturing microbes
 To be able to characterize and enumerate different microorganisms
 To analyse the bacterial growth curves and phases of growth
 To isolate and study the microbes from various sources in day-today life
Sl.NO EXPERIMENTS
1 Study of Lab Instruments (Autoclave, Hot air oven, Incubator, LAF, microfuge/centrifuge) and Observation of
bacterial (prokaryotic) and fungal (eukaryotic) specimen under 10x, 40 x microscopes
2 Media preparation, plugging and sterilization (media, Petri plates and tubes), Plating techniques (Serial dilution,
streak, pour and spread - plates)

3 Morphological characterization, Enumeration of microbes (Plate count, haemocytometer), size determination using
micrometry.
4 Staining techniques I: Gram staining, Capsule staining, and endospore staining
5 Staining techniques II: Acid Fast Staining, Flagella staining and Fungal staining
6 Characterization of bacteria by Biochemical Tests: IMViC, Starch hydrolysis, carbohydrate fermentation, Catalase,
Urease, hydrogen sulphide, Gelatin Liquifaction.
7 Growth of microbes (Static and shake flask conditions), Growth curve studies
8 Bacterial motility studies
9 Isolation and identification of actinomycetes and rhizobium
10 Isolation and identification of microorganisms from air, water & soil
11 Antibiotic susceptibility test of a selected bacterium

12 Microbial quality assessment of milk and water

Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Apply the theoretical knowledge and execute experiments pertaining to methods of sterilization, microbial
identification and characterization.
 Apply the basic techniques of Microbiology in various experiments related to Agriculture, Food and Environment.
 Analyze the relationship of microbes with human health.

9
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic
requirements and earned the credits allotted to each course. The student has to secure not less than 35% (18 Marks out of
50) in the semester-end examination(SEE).
Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):
CIE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.
The split-up of CIE marks for record/ journal and test are in the ratio 60:40.
● Each experiment to be evaluated for conduction with observation sheet and record write-up. Rubrics for the
evaluation of the journal/write-up for hardware/software experiments designed by the faculty who is handling the
laboratory session and is made known to students at the beginning of the practical session.
● Record should contain all the specified experiments in the syllabus and each experiment write-up will be evaluated for
10 marks.
● Total marks scored by the students are scaled downed to 30 marks (60% of maximum marks).
● Weightage to be given for neatness and submission of record/write-up on time.
● Department shall conduct 02 tests for 100 marks, the first test shall be conducted after the 8 th week of the semester
and the second test shall be conducted after the 14th week of the semester.
● In each test, test write-up, conduction of experiment, acceptable result, and procedural knowledge will carry a
weightage of 60% and the rest 40% for viva-voce.
● The suitable rubrics can be designed to evaluate each student’s performance and learning ability. Rubrics suggested in
Annexure-II of Regulation book
● The average of 02 tests is scaled down to 20 marks (40% of the maximum marks).
● The Sum of scaled-down marks scored in the report write-up/journal and average marks of two tests is the total CIE
marks scored by the student.
Semester End Evaluation (SEE):
SEE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.
SEE shall be conducted jointly by the two examiners of the same institute, examiners are appointed by the University
● All laboratory experiments are to be included for practical examination.
● (Rubrics) Breakup of marks and the instructions printed on the cover page of the answer script to be strictly adhered
to by the examiners. OR based on the course requirement evaluation rubrics shall be decided jointly by examiners.
● Students can pick one question (experiment) from the questions lot prepared by the internal /external examiners
jointly.
● Evaluation of test write-up/ conduction procedure and result/viva will be conducted jointly by examiners.
● General rubrics suggested for SEE are mentioned here, writeup-20%, Conduction procedure and result in -60%,
Viva-voce 20% of maximum marks. SEE for practical shall be evaluated for 100 marks and scored marks shall be scaled
down to 50 marks (however, based on course type, rubrics shall be decided by the examiners)
● Change of experiment is allowed only once and 15% Marks allotted to the procedure part to be made zero.
The duration of SEE is 03 hours
Rubrics suggested in Annexure-II of Regulation book
Suggested Learning Resources:
 Experiments in Microbiology, Plant Pathology and Biotechnology by K. R. Aneja, , New Age International,2003
 Microbiology: A Lab Manual by Cappuccino, Pearson Education, 2007
 Lab Ref Jane Roskams, Linda Rodgers, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 2002
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning
resourcehttps://www.labster.com/microbiology-virtual-labs
 https://www.mheducation.com/highered/microbiology.html
 https://asm.org/Articles/2020/December/Virtual-Resources-to-Teach-Microbiology-Techniques
 https://www.cnm.edu/programs-of-study/math-science-engineering/microbiology-lab-manual
 http://faculty.collin.edu/dcain/CCCCD%20Micro/tutorial.htm
 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4844744
 https://asm.org/Articles/2020/December/Virtual-Resources-to-Teach-Microbiology-Techniques

10
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

ABILITY ENHANCEMENT COURSE-III

DATA PRESENTATION, ERROR ANALYSIS AND INFERENCES

Course Code 21BT381 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 15 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 01
Course objectives:
 To enable the students to develop an understanding of data, its occurrence and usefulness.
 To enable the students to learn the means to analyze errors in data for various purposes.
 To enable the students to learn to infer and present the data in various formats for various sectors that generate or
use data.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry-based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (3 Hours)
INTRODUCTION TO DATA:
Definition. Representation of data in mathematical (quantitative) terms. Characteristics of data, its types. Occurrence of
data across BT sectors and disciplines.Practical applications and discussion of case studies based upon real-time data.
Module-2 (3 Hours)
DATA PRESENTATION:
Techniques to present data in textual, tabular, and graphical forms. Purposes and Key methods to present the data. Use of
MS Exceland Google sheets. Practical applications and discussion of case studies based upon real-time data gathered from
lab sessions.
Module-3 (3 Hours)
DATA ANALYSIS:
Meaning and processing data for analysis by using statistical or logical techniques in BT. Methods of data analysis:
descriptive, diagnostic, inferential, predictive and prescriptive.Practical applications and discussion of case studies based
upon real-time data gathered from lab sessions.
Module-4 (3 Hours)
ERROR ANALYSIS:
Sources of errors. Types of errors (massive, specific and incidental) in Biotechnology labs, research and industrial scales.
Meaning of error analysis and its stages. Methods and means to minimize errors.Practical applications and discussion of
case studies based upon real-time data gathered from lab sessions.
Module-5 (3 Hours)
DATA INFERENCE:
Need to identify trends and key points in data presentation(highlighting the inference, using relevant images for
enhancing impact of presentation, visually ppresentation the numbers, stepwise orstage wise presentation of
information). Practical applications and discussion of case studies based upon real-time data gathered from lab sessions.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Understand the sources of data, present the data for specific purposes/application.
 Gain ability to analyse the occurrence of errors in data sets.
 Demonstrate the ways to draw inferences from data.

11
 BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Assessment Details fboth CIE and SEE)

Methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Tests, MCQ, Quizzes, Seminar or micro project/Course
Project, Term'Paper)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The student has to obtain a minimum of 35% of maximum marks in SEE and a minimum of 40% of maximum marks in
CIE. Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 50 marks (One hour duration).
Based on this grading will be awarded.
The student has to score a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE [Continuous Internal
Evaluation] and SEE [Semester End Examination] taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of tlie 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
(All tests are similar to the SEE pattern i.e question paper pattern is MCQ)
Two assignments each of 10 Marks.
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Report writing /Group discussion/Seminar any one of three suitably planned to attain the C0s and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 0l hour)at the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks.
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom's taxonomy as per the outcome defined
for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for subject
SEE paperwill be set for 50 questions of each of 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is MCQ.
The time allotted for SEE is 0l hour.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Introduction to data and data analysis, Deepak Shrivastava, 2020
 A General Introduction to Data Analytics, Moreira Joao. John Wiley and Sons Ltd. Anonym. 2018
 Does presentation format matter? The impact of data presentation on decision making, By Anonym, Grin Verlag
Gmbh. 2015
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110104094
 https://www.simplilearn.com/learn-data-analytics-for-beginners-skillup
 https://www.coursera.org/professional-certificates/google-data-analytics
 https://upgradcampus.com/data-analytics-ads-lp/
 https://www.simplilearn.com/big-data-and-analytics/senior-data-scientist-masters-program-training
 https://intellipaat.com/data-scientist-course-training/
 https://www.edx.org/learn/data-science
 https://www.udemy.com/topic/data-science/free/
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● Group Discussion of Case studies
● Model Making and poster presentations

12
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

BIO LAB MANAGEMENT AND RISK ASSESSMENT

Course Code 21BT382 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 15 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 01
Course objectives:
 To enable the students to develop an understanding biolab management and risk and its assessment.
 To enable the students to learn the methods to minimize and mitigate the risks at various steps of lab processes.
 To enable the students to performthe risk-benefit analysis inbiotechnological processes.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (3 Hours)
BIO LABORATORY MANAGEMENT:
Essentials of lab management- Designing the lab, spacing, inventory organization and its management, automation via
use of technology, documentation, safety requirements, biosafety levels, planning experiments, storage space, waste
generation and its disposal. Case studies.
Module-2 (3 Hours)
INTRODUCTION TO RISK ASSESSMENT:
Definition and meaning of Risk. Difference between risk and hazard. Probability of occurrence of risk. Risk assessment,
risk control, risk review, risk management tools, HACCP, risk ranking and filtering. Case studies.
Module-3 (3 Hours)
BASICS OF BIOSAFETY:
Biosafety- meaning, levels of biosafety- BSL 1, BSL2, BSL 3 and BSL 4, examples, applications of each and hazards
involved thereinfor products derived out of biotechnology.International protocols and Case studies.
Module-4 (3 Hours)
BIOSAFETY AND RISK ASSESSMENT:
Principles of safety assessment (for infectious organisms, agents, microbes- genetically altered/ metabolically engineered,
transgenic plants, GMOs /LMOs used in food, pharma, bioremediation etc., Sequential steps in risk assessment; concepts
of familiarity and substantial equivalence; environmental risk assessment and food and feed safety assessment. Case
studies.
Module-5 (3 Hours)
RISK MINIMIZATION AND/OR RISK MITIGATION:
Risk assessment through omics approach. Ethical, legal, and social implications of health privacy and policy laws for
mitigation/minimization (Indian and Global contexts). risk characterization and development of analysis plan. Case
studies.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Apply principles of biology to understand risk and its assessment
 Deduce methods to minimize and mitigate the risks
 Evaluate risk-benefit analysis of different genetic engineering interventions based upon case studies.
 Correlate laws pertaining to biological risk to the sustainable use of GMOs in different applications

13
 BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Assessment Details fboth CIE and SEE)

Methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Tests, MCQ, Quizzes, Seminar or micro project/Course
Project, Term'Paper)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The student has to obtain a minimum of 35% of maximum marks in SEE and a minimum of 40% of maximum marks in
CIE. Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 50 marks (One hour duration).
Based on this grading will be awarded.
The student has to score a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE [Continuous Internal
Evaluation] and SEE [Semester End Examination] taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of tlie 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
(All tests are similar to the SEE pattern i.e question paper pattern is MCQ)
Two assignments each of 10 Marks.
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Report writing /Group discussion/Seminar any one of three suitably planned to attain the C0s and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 0l hour) at the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks.
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom's taxonomy as per the outcome defined
for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for subject
SEE paperwill be set for 50 questions of each of 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is MCQ.
The time allotted for SEE is 0l hour.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Biotechnology risk: Complete Self-Assessment Guide, by Gerardus Blokdyk, 2018
 Laboratory Biorisk Management Biosafety and Biosecurity, Reynolds M. Salerno, Jennifer Gaudioso,2015
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource Features of Risk
 Assessments of Genetically Modified Crops. Craig, W., Tepfer, M., Degrassi, G., & Ripandelli, D. (2008).
Euphytica
 An Overview of General divisions/csurv/geac/annex-5.pdf F. (2009). Problem Formulation in the Environmental
Risk Assessment for Genetically Modified Plants. Transgenic Research, 19(3), 425-436.
 https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240011458
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yKsGC_XFwKU
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0QwJB1sH3Oc
 https://www.labmanager.com/business-management/lab-management-fundamentals-2641
 https://www.altexsoft.com/blog/lims-systems/
 https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240011458
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yKsGC_XFwKU
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0QwJB1sH3Oc
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● Assessment of surface contaminants in labs
● Group Discussion of Case studies
● Model Making and poster presentations

14
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

BIODIVERSITY AND CONSERVATION LAW

Course Code 21BT383 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 15 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 01
Course objectives:
 To give an insight into Biodiversity and species evolution.
 To acquire knowledge of ecological threats, habitat destruction and extinction of species.
 To enable an understanding of Environmental law and IP issues.
Course objectives: Process (General Instructions)
Teaching-Learning
These
● are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry-based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (3 Hours)
BIODIVERSITY:
Concept and definition Scope and Constraints of Biodiversity Science, Composition and Scales of Biodiversity: Genetic
Diversity, Species/Organismal Diversity, Ecological/Ecosystem Diversity, Landscape/Pattern Diversity,
Agrobiodiversity, Biocultural Diversity and Urban Biodiversity. Case studies.
Module-2 (3 Hours)
CAUSES OF BIODIVERSITY ORIGIN OF SPECIES /SPECIATION:
History of the Earth and Biodiversity patterns through Geological times; Current Centers of Biodiversity. Values of
Biodiversity Instrumental/Utilitarian value and their categories, Direct use value; Indirect/ Non-consumptive use value.
Case studies.
Module-3 (3 Hours)
ECOLOGICAL ECONOMICS:
Monetizing the value of Biodiversity; Intrinsic Value; Ethical and aesthetic values, Anthropocentrism, Biocentrism,
Ecocentrism and Religions. Threats to Biodiversity Habitat Destruction, Fragmentation, Transformation, Degradation and
Loss: Causes, Patterns and consequences on the Biodiversity of Major Land and Aquatic Systems, Case studies.
Module-4 (3 Hours)
INVASIVE SPECIES:
Biological impacts of invasive species on terrestrial and aquatic systems.Pollution: Impacts of Pesticide pollution, Water
pollution and Air Pollution on biodiversity, Overexploitation: Impacts of Exploitation on Target and Non-target Terrestrial
and Aquatic species and Ecosystems Extinction, Types of Extinctions, Processes responsible for Species Extinction. Case
studies.
Module-5 (3 Hours)
ENVIRONMENT AND LAWS:
Traditional Knowledge and Environment, International Convention for the Protection of New Varieties of Plants (UPOV
Convention), Emergence of International Environmental Law, Fundamental Principles, Application of International
Environmental Law, Introduction to Trade & Environment, UNFCCC - 1992 & Kyoto Protocol - 1997, Treaty on Antarctic
& Polar Regions – 1961, UN Convention of Law of the Sea - 1982 and Regional Seas Convention, Convention on
Biodiversity (CBD) and its key elements.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Understand ecological systems and apply the same to Biodiversity and evolution of species.
 Comprehend Ecological economics and analyse the values of biodiversity.
 Analyse the impacts of species, terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems towards extinction of fauna.
 Apply Environmental law and ethical guidelines towards conservation of species.

15
 BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Assessment Details fboth CIE and SEE)

Methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Tests, MCQ, Quizzes, Seminar or micro project/Course
Project, Term'Paper)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The student has to obtain a minimum of 35% of maximum marks in SEE and a minimum of 40% of maximum marks in
CIE. Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 50 marks (One hour duration).
Based on this grading will be awarded.
The student has to score a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE [Continuous Internal
Evaluation] and SEE [Semester End Examination] taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of tlie 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
(All tests are similar to the SEE pattern i.e question paper pattern is MCQ)
Two assignments each of 10 Marks.
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Report writing /Group discussion/Seminar any one of three suitably planned to attain the C0s and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 0l hour) at the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks.
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom's taxonomy as per the outcome defined
for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for subject
SEE paperwill be set for 50 questions of each of 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is MCQ.
The time allotted for SEE is 0l hour.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Principles of Conservation Biology. Groom, M. J., Meffe, G. R. and C. R. Carroll. Sinauer Associates, Inc.2006.
 Textbook of Biodiversity. Krishnamurthy, K. V. Science Publication. 2003.
 Essentials of Conservation Biology. Primack, R. Sinauer Associates, Inc., USA,2006.
 Conservation, 2nd Edition, Clive Hambler, University of Oxford, Susan M. Canney, 2013.
 Conservation Biology: Foundations, Concepts, Applications by Fred Van Dyke, Springer. 2010.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OrY1cr0m97M
 https://www.tutorialspoint.com/environmental_studies/environmental_studies_conversation_of_biodiversity.htm
 https://www.tutorialspoint.com/environmental_studies/environmental_studies_biodiversity.htm
 https://portals.iucn.org/library/sites/library/files/documents/EPLP-029.pdf
 https://programsandcourses.anu.edu.au/2017/course/LAWS8280
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● Group Discussion of Case studies
● Model Making and poster presentations

16
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

LINUX PROGRAMMING FOR BIOLOGISTS

Course Code 21BT384 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 15 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 01
Course objectives:
 To Identify and use UNIX/Linux utilities to create and manage simple file processing operations.
 To organize directory structures with appropriate security.
 To develop shell scripts to solve problems.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (3 Hours)
BRIEF HISTORY:
History of LINUX, architecture of LINUX, features of LINUX,. What is linux/unix Operating systems, Difference between
linux/unix and other operating systems, Features and Architecture. Various packages of LINUX.
Module-2 (3 Hours)
INSTALLATION, BOOTING AND SHUTDOWN PROCESS:
Installation, Booting and shutdown process, Removing software. Introduction to text editors, Vi editor, Introduction to
files, file permissions, changing file permissions. System Management and Layout, File permissions, Login process,
Granting user permissions. Managing users.
Module-3 (3 Hours)
BASIC LINUX COMMANDS:
PATH, man, echo, printf, script, passwd, uname, who, date, stty, pwd, cd, mkdir, rmdir, ls, cp, mv, rm, cat, more, wc, lp,
od, tar, gzip, , process utilities, disk utilities, networking commands, unlink, du, df, mount, umount, find, unmask, ulimit,
ps, w, finger, arp, ftp, telnet, rlogin.
Module-4 (3 Hours)
TEXT PROCESSING UTILITIES AND BACKUP UTILITIES:
Text Processing utilities and backup utilities, tail, head, sort, nl, uniq, grep, egrep, fgrep, cut, paste, join, tee, pg, comm,
cmp, diff, tr, awk, cpio. Working with text editors: creating, editing and deleting files.Disk partitions & sizes. Filter
commands: pr, head, tail,cut, sort,uniq, tr.
Module-5 (3 Hours)
BASICS OF SHELL PROGRAMMING:
Basics of shell programming, Types of shell, shell programming in bash, conditional statements and looping statements.
Illustrative programs: area of a triangle, finding greatest of 3 numbers, greeting a user, basic arithmetic operations, To
check eligibility to vote, to print n natural numbers.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Understand the basic set of commands and editors in Linux operating system.
 Solve simple problem using shell scripting.
 Apply the basics to appreciate LINUX as an operating system.

17
 BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Assessment Details fboth CIE and SEE)

Methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Tests, MCQ, Quizzes, Seminar or micro project/Course
Project, Term'Paper)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The student has to obtain a minimum of 35% of maximum marks in SEE and a minimum of 40% of maximum marks in
CIE. Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 50 marks (One hour duration).
Based on this grading will be awarded.
The student has to score a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE [Continuous Internal
Evaluation] and SEE [Semester End Examination] taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of tlie 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
(All tests are similar to the SEE pattern i.e question paper pattern is MCQ)
Two assignments each of 10 Marks.
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Report writing /Group discussion/Seminar any one of three suitably planned to attain the C0s and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 0l hour) at the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks.
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom's taxonomy as per the outcome defined
for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for subject
SEE paperwill be set for 50 questions of each of 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is MCQ.
The time allotted for SEE is 0l hour.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Sumitabha Das, Unix Concepts and Applications, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2006.
 Michael Jang RHCSA/ RHCE Red Hat Linux Certification: Exams (Ex200 & Ex300) (Certification Press), 2011.
 Nemeth Synder& Hein, Linux Administration Handbook, Pearson Education, 2nd Edition ,2010.
 Beginning Linux Programming, 4th Edition, N.Matthew, R.Stones,Wrox, Wiley India Edition. 2007.
 Unix for programmers and users, 3rd Edition, Graham Glass, King Ables, Pearson Education, 2003.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
● VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
● https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117106113
● https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/linux
● https://www.udemy.com/course/linux-administration-bootcamp/
● https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aaEoyVIowk8
● https://biohpc.cornell.edu/lab/doc/Linux_workshop_Part1.pdf
● http://nebc.nerc.ac.uk/nebc_website_frozen/nebc.nerc.ac.uk//support/training/course-notes/past-notes/intro-
bl7.html
● https://www.futurelearn.com/courses/linux-for-bioinformatics
● https://www.bioinformatics.org/ftp/pub/bio-linux/IntroductionToBio-Linux8_Dec2015.pdf
● https://www.udemy.com/course/learn-linux-in-5-days/
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● Installation of LINUX and work with basic commands and shell scripting.
● Develop simple problem-solving strategies in LINUX platform
● Security control for different uses
● Development of simple applications

18
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

VISVESVARAYA TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI

B.E. in BIOTECHNOLOGY
Scheme and Syllabus of Teaching and Examinations 2021
Outcome Based Education(OBE) and Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)
IV Semester
BIOSTATISTICS AND DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS
Course Code 21BT41 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To learn how to formulate and test the hypotheses about means, proportions and standard deviation
todrawconclusions basedontheresults ofstatisticaltests inlarge sample.
 To learn how to formulate and test the hypotheses about means, variances for small samples using
tandFtestforsmallsampleand have knowledge on ANOVA.
 Tounderstandthefundamentals of designandthemethodsof optimization
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry-based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (8 Hours)
INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS AND STUDY DESIGN:
Introduction,graphicalrepresentationofdata.Measuresofcentraltendency,dispersion.Significanceof
statisticstobiologicalproblems,experimentalstudies;randomizedcontrolledstudies,historicallycontrolledstudies,factorialdesi
gn,cluster design,completelyrandomizedblockdesign,analysisandinterpretation. Case studies.
Module-2 (8 Hours)
DESCRIPTIVE STATISTICS:
Typesofvariables,measureofspread,logarithmictransformations,multivariatedata.Basicsofstudydesign,
cohortstudies,casecontrolstudies,outcomes,oddratioandrelativerisks.Principlesofstatisticalinference:Parameterestimation,h
ypothesistesting.variables;categoricaldata,binomialdistribution,Normaldistribution. Case studies.
Module-3 (8 Hours)
COMPARISONOFMEANS:
Test statistics; t-test, F distribution, independent and dependent sample comparison, Wilcoxon Signed RankTest, Wilcoxon
Mann-Whitney Test, ANOVA. Correlation and simple linear regression: Introduction, KarlPearson correlation coefficient,
Spearman Rank correlation coefficient, simple linear regression,
regressionmodelfit,Multiplelinearregressionandlinearmodels:Introduction,Multiplelinearregressionmodel, ANOVA table
for multiple linear regression model, assessing model fit, polynomials and interactions. One-wayand Two-
wayANOVAtables, F-tests. Case studies.
Module-4 (8 Hours)
DESIGNANDANALYSISOFEXPERIMENTS:
Randomblockdesign,multiplesourcesofvariation,correlateddataandrandomeffectsregression,modelfitting.
Completelyrandomized design, stratifieddesign. Biologicalstudydesigns.Optimizationstrategieswith casestudies.
Module-5 (8 Hours)
SASPROGRAMMING:
Basic syntax: variables, strings, arrays, decision making, input methods. SAS data set operations: Read
rawdata;write,merging,sub-setting,sort,formatdatasets,outputdeliverysystem.SASrepresentations(Histogram, bar chart,
pie chart, scatter plot). SAS basic statistical procedure (Arithmetic mean, Standarddeviation, T-tests, correlation analysis,
frequency distribution, linear regression, Chi square test, one wayANOVA,Hypothesis testing).Case studies.

19
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Understand thevariousstatisticalmethods and problems.
 Apply the tools to solve problemsinvariousspheresof bioscience andbioengineering.
 Demonstratestrongbasicsinstatisticsandnumerical analysis.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% ( 18
Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of
the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Biostatistics, AlvinE. Lewis, McGraw-HillProfessional Publishing 2013.
 StatisticsandNumericalMethods inBASICforBiologists J.D.Lee and T.D.Lee VanNostr andReinhold Company,
1982.
 StatisticalAnalysisofGene ExpressionMicroarrayData T.P.Chapman CRC 2003.
 SAS Essentials: Mastering SASfor Data Analytics Alan C. Elliott ,WayneA. Woodward, JohnWiley&Sons
2nd Edition, 2015.
 Numerical Methods of Statistics(CambridgeSeriesinStatistical andProbabilisticMathematics) John F.Monahan,
Cambridge UniversityPress, 2011.
 StatisticalMethods in Bioinformatics: An Introduction(Statisticsfor BiologyandHealth) WarrenJ.Ewens
GregoryGrant, Springer. 2010.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
● VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
● https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1Q6_LRZwZrc
● https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gPt2DubVJQM
● https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=biostatistics
● https://www.edx.org/learn/biostatistics
● https://www.classcentral.com/subject/biostatistics

20
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

● Group Discussion of Case studies.
● Seminar and poster presentationsof case studies.

PYTHON PROGRAMMING + LAB

Course Code 21BT42 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 50 Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 ToreadandwritesimplePythonprograms.
 TodevelopPythonprogramswithconditionalsandloops.
 TodefinePythonfunctionsandcallthem.
 TousePythondatastructures–lists,tuples,dictionaries.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective and
questioning /inquiry based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (10 Hours)
ALGORITHMICPROBLEMSOLVING:
Algorithms, building blocks of algorithms (statements, state, control flow, functions), notation (pseudo code,flow chart,
programming language), algorithmic problem solving, simple strategies for developing
algorithms(iteration,recursion).Illustrativeproblems:findminimuminalist,insertacardinalistofsortedcards,and
guessanintegernumber inarange,Towersof Hanoi.
LAB EXERCISES:
❖ Installation and running of latest version of python from website.
❖ Introduction of console
❖ Check data types
Module-2 (10 Hours)
DATA EXPRESSION:
Pythoninterpreterandinteractivemode;valuesandtypes:int,float,boolean,string,andlist;variables,expressions, statements,
tuple assignment, precedence of operators, comments; modules and functions, function definitionanduse,flowofexecution,
parameters andarguments.
LAB EXERCISES:
❖ Write a program to demonstrate different number datatypes in python.
❖ Write a program to perform different arithmetic operations on numbers in python.
❖ Write a program to create, concatenate and print a string and accessing substring from a given string.
❖ Write a python script to print the current date in following format “Sun May 29 02:26:23 IST 2017”

Module-3 (10 Hours)

STATEMENTS,CONTROLFLOW:
Illustrative programs: exchange the values of two variables, circulate the values of n variables, distance
betweentwopoints.Conditionals:Booleanvaluesandoperators,conditional(if),alternative(if-else),chainedconditional (if-
elif-else); Iteration: state, while, for, break, continue, pass; Strings: string slices, immutability,stringfunctions and methods,
stringmodule.
LAB EXERCISES:
❖ Write a python program to find largest of three numbers.
❖ Write a python program to convert temperature to and from Celsius to Fahrenheit.
❖ Write a python program to print prime numbers less than 20.

21
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

❖ Write a python program to find factorial of a number using recursion.

Module-4 (10 Hours)

FUNCTIONS,LISTS TUPLES,DICTIONARIES:
Fruitful functions: return values, parameters, local and global scope, function composition, recursion; Lists asarrays.
Illustrative programs: square root, gcd, exponentiation, sum an array of numbers, linear search,
binarysearch.Lists:listoperations,list slices,list methods,list loop,mutability,aliasing,cloninglists,listparameters.
LAB EXERCISES:
❖ Create a function calculator to do basic mathematical operations
❖ Write a python program to define a function to find Fibonacci Numbers
❖ Construct a module and reuse the module in a program to create a personalized birthday song.
❖ Write a program to enrol students to multiple games using list (maximum team size is 11)
Module-5 (10 Hours)
TUPLES, DICTIONARIES:
Tuples: tuple assignment, tuple as return value; Dictionaries: operations and methods; advanced list processing - list
comprehension; Illustrative programs: selection sort, insertion sort, mergesort, histogram.
LAB EXERCISES:
❖ Write a Python program to create a tuple with different data types.
❖ Write a Python program to check whether an element exists within a tuple
❖ Write a python program to create a dictionary and access an element from dictionary
❖ Write a python program to check if a key already exists in dictionary.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Developalgorithmicsolutionstosimplecomputationalproblems.
 Read,write,debug, executesimplePythonprograms.
 StructuresimplePythonprogramsforsolvingproblems.
 DecomposeaPythonprogramintofunctions.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
CIE for the theory component of IPCC
Two Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Scaled-down marks of two tests and two assignments added will be CIE marks for the theory component
of IPCC for 30 marks.

CIE for the practical component of IPCC

 On completion of every experiment/program in the laboratory, the students shall be evaluated

and marks shall be awarded on the same day. The15 marks are for conducting the experiment
and preparation of the laboratory record, the other 05 marks shall be for the test conducted at
the end of the semester.
 The CIE marks awarded in the case of the Practical component shall be based on the continuous
evaluation of the laboratory report. Each experiment report can be evaluated for 10 marks. Marks
22
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

of all experiments’ write-ups are added and scaled down to 15 marks.

 The laboratory test (duration 02/03 hours) at the end of the 15th week of the semester /after
completion of all the experiments (whichever is early) shall be conducted for 50 marks and scaled
down to 05 marks.
Scaled-down marks of write-up evaluations and tests added will be CIE marks for the laboratory
component of IPCC for 20 marks.
.
SEE for IPCC
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the course (duration 03 hours)
7. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scorded shall be
proportionally scaled down to 50 Marks
8. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
9. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

The theory portion of the IPCC shall be for both CIE and SEE, whereas the practical portion will
have a CIE component only. Questions mentioned in the SEE paper shall include questions from
the practical component).
 The minimum marks to be secured in CIE to appear for SEE shall be the 12 (40% of maximum
marks-30) in the theory component and 08 (40% of maximum marks -20) in the practical
component. The laboratory component of the IPCC shall be for CIE only. However, in SEE, the
questions from the laboratory component shall be included. The maximum of 04/05 questions to
be set from the practical component of IPCC, the total marks of all questions should not be more
than the 20 marks.
SEE will be conducted for 100 marks and students shall secure 35% of the maximum marks to qualify in
the SEE. Marks secured will be scaled down to 50.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 ThinkPython:HowtoThinkLike aComputer Scientist AllenB. Downey. ShroffO’ReillyPublishers 2 ndedition,2016.
 An Introduction to Python –Revised andupdatedforPython 3.2 Guido vanRossumand FredL. DrakeJr
NetworkTheoryLtd., 2011.
 Introduction to Computer ScienceusingPython:AComputational Problem-SolvingFocus CharlesDierbach
WileyIndiaEdition, 2013.
 Introduction to Programming inPython: An Inter-disciplinaryApproach RobertSedgewick,KevinWayne,
RobertDondero Pearson India EducationServicesPvt. Ltd, 2016.
 FundamentalsofPython:First Programs KennethA. Lambert CENGAGELearning, 2012.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
● VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
● https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106182
● https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_uQrJ0TkZlc
● https://www.udemy.com/course/pythonforbeginners/
● https://www.udemy.com/topic/python/
● https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=python
● https://www.freecodecamp.org/news/best-python-courses/
● https://www.codecademy.com/catalog/language/python
● https://www.edx.org/learn/python

23
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

● Installation of the software and execution of programs.
● Group Discussions and Presentations of Case studies.

24
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

CELL BIOLOGY & CELL CULTURE TECHNIQUES + LAB

Course Code 21BT43 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 50 Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To gain basic understanding of cellular processes, pathways and cytoskeletal organization.
 To get a thorough understanding of microbiological procedures for the development, culture, and characterization
of industrially important microorganisms.
 To explain the fundamental principles and procedures of genetic engineering. Animal cell lines and plant tissue
culture gene transfer technologies.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (10 Hours)
CYTOLOGY AND CELL CYCLE STUDIES
Prokaryotic and eukaryotic cell, physio-chemical nature of plasma membrane structure and functions of cell organelle;
nucleus, mitochondria, chloroplast, ribosomes, peroxisomes, Golgi bodies and endoplasmic reticulum. Cell cycle studies;
mitosis and meiosis. Chromosomal morphology and study of nucleosome model, Cell Birth, lineage and
death: Asymmetrical cell division, patterns of stem cell division.
LAB EXERCISES:
 Study of divisional stages in mitosis and meiosis.
 StudyofPolytene and Lampbrushchromosomes
Module-2 (10 Hours)
CELL SIGNALLING :
Signalling molecules and cell surface, receptors; intracellular signal transduction; G protein coupled receptors; plant growth
factorsand hormones,Eukaryotic and Prokaryotic cell to cell signaling, endocrine signaling, quorum sensing and intercellular
signalling, Signal peptides, biofilm formation, Apoptosis and Necrosis.
LAB EXERCISES:
 Culturing and detection of Biofilms
 Preparation and Observation of slides of Eukaryotic and Prokaryotic cells.
Module-3 (10 Hours)
MEMBRANE TRANSPORT AND APOPTOSIS:
Membrane transport, passive and active transport; transport into prokaryotic cells; endocytosis, exocytosis; entry of viruses
and toxins into cells Membrane traficking: Translocation of secretory proteins across the ER membrane; protein
modifications, folding and quality control in the ER; export and sorting of proteins to mitochondria, chloroplast and
peroxisomes.
LAB EXERCISES:
 Isolation of chloroplasts
 Simple Cellular Transport experiments
Module-4 (10 Hours)
PLANT CELL CULTURE TECHNIQUES:
Plant Tissue culture lab layout, Equipment and Instrumentation, Media for Plant Tissue Culture, Optimization, Callus
induction, Cellular Totipotency, and its applications, Production of secondary metabolites, , Organogenesis,
Cytodifferentiation. Somatic Embryogenesis, Production of haploids, double haploids, Triploids, immobilization
techniques.
LAB EXERCISES:
 Preparation of plant tissue culture media
 Callus Induction Techniques and development of Synthetic Seeds.

25
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Module-5 (10 Hours)

ANIMAL CELL CULTURES TECHNIQUES:
Cell culture lab layout, Equipment and Instrumentation, media optimization, culturing of animal cell lines, Continuous cell
lines; Organ culture, techniques, advantages, disadvantages, applications; Primary cell culture; Development,
characterization and maintenance of cell lines, Application of animal cell culture for in vitro testing of drugs;
LAB EXERCISES:
 Preparation of animal cell culture media
 Cell viability studies (Trypan blue assay)
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Understand the cellular structures and their functions with emphasis on the cell cycle events.
 Apply the concepts of cell- cell signalling, transport of molecules and cell death in cell culture methods.
 Comprehend the applications of plant tissue culture techniques in Agriculture, Food and Medicine.
 Analyze the principles of animal cell culture in drug and toxicity testing.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out
of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
CIE for the theory component of IPCC
Two Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Scaled-down marks of two tests and two assignments added will be CIE marks for the theory component
of IPCC for 30 marks.

CIE for the practical component of IPCC

 On completion of every experiment/program in the laboratory, the students shall be evaluated and
marks shall be awarded on the same day. The15 marks are for conducting the experiment and
preparation of the laboratory record, the other 05 marks shall be for the test conducted at the
end of the semester.
 The CIE marks awarded in the case of the Practical component shall be based on the continuous
evaluation of the laboratory report. Each experiment report can be evaluated for 10 marks. Marks
of all experiments’ write-ups are added and scaled down to 15 marks.

 The laboratory test (duration 02/03 hours) at the end of the 15th week of the semester /after
completion of all the experiments (whichever is early) shall be conducted for 50 marks and scaled
down to 05 marks.
Scaled-down marks of write-up evaluations and tests added will be CIE marks for the laboratory
component of IPCC for 20 marks.
.
SEE for IPCC
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the course (duration 03 hours)
26
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

10. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scorded shall be
proportionally scaled down to 50 Marks
11. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
12. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

The theory portion of the IPCC shall be for both CIE and SEE, whereas the practical portion will
have a CIE component only. Questions mentioned in the SEE paper shall include questions from
the practical component).
 The minimum marks to be secured in CIE to appear for SEE shall be the 12 (40% of maximum
marks-30) in the theory component and 08 (40% of maximum marks -20) in the practical
component. The laboratory component of the IPCC shall be for CIE only. However, in SEE, the
questions from the laboratory component shall be included. The maximum of 04/05 questions to
be set from the practical component of IPCC, the total marks of all questions should not be more
than the 20 marks.
SEE will be conducted for 100 marks and students shall secure 35% of the maximum marks to qualify in
the SEE. Marks secured will be scaled down to 50.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 The Cell – A Molecular Approach, Cooper & Hausman,ASM Press, 2004.
 Cell and molecular biology. EDPDe Robertis, EMF De Robertis, Lea &. Febiger Intl. ed.1991.
 Animal Cell Culture and Technology, Michel buttler. Taylor & Francis, 2003.
 Culture of Animal Cells: A Manual of Basic Technique, R. Ian Freshney, John Wiley, 5th Edition, 2005.
 Plant Tissue Culture: An Introductory Text , Sant Saran Bhojwani, Prem Kumar Dantu, Springer, 2013.
 Molecular Biology of the Cell, B. Alberts, et al., Garland Science, 4th ed. 2002.
 Molecular Cell Biology Hardcover ,James E. Darnell, Harvey Lodish,, David Baltimore,1999.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LFyjJBiltFI
 https://www.biologyonline.com/tutorials/biological-cell-introduction
 https://study.com/academy/topic/cell-biology.html
 https://www.edx.org/learn/cellular-biology
 https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec19_bt12/preview
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● Demonstrate/performthebasiccellculture techniquesinvitro.
● Toanalyzetheeffectsofphysio-chemical factorsandgrowthhormonesfor thegrowthand development oftheculturesin
vitro
● Group Discussion of Case studies
● Model Making and poster presentations

27
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

MOLECULAR BIOLOGY & GENETIC ENGINEERING

Course Code 21BT44 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 2:2:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To Acquire the fundamentals of molecular biology and genetic engineering principles.
 To Understand the protocols of isolation of Nucleic acids and their analysis.
 To Develop a conceptual application of gene libraries and various interactions.
 To Learn the strategies for gene manipulation, editing technologies and its applications.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1(8 Hours)
CENTRAL DOGMA OF MOLECULAR BIOLOGY:
Replication of DNA in Prokaryotic cell andEukaryotic cell. Mechanism of action of telomerase, DNA damage, and repair:
Base excisionrepair, mismatch excision repair, photo-reactivation, nucleotide excision, and SoS repair.Transcription in the
prokaryotic and eukaryotic cell: Initiation, elongation, and termination.Processing of mRNA. Translation in the prokaryotic
and eukaryotic cell: Initiation,elongation, and termination. Wobble Hypothesis Post-translational modification of proteins.
Protein targeting.
Module-2(8 Hours)
GENE REGULATION:
Regulation of gene expression in prokaryotes (lac-operon and trp-operon). Positive and negative gene regulation,
riboswitches. Regulation of gene expression in eukaryotes: Transcriptional control, RNA processing control, Translational
control, and post-translational level control. Hormonal control of gene expression in eukaryotes (steroid hormone, auxin,
and gibberellic acid). Gene silencing: antisense technique, RNA interference, Ribozymes.
Module-3(8 Hours)
INTRODUCTION TO GENETIC ENGINEERING:
Basics of Genetic Engineering,Vectors for gene cloning: Cloning and Expression vectors. Plasmids, Phages, Cosmids,
Fosmids, Phagemids, and Artificial chromosomes. Viral vectors.Molecular tools for gene cloning: Restriction and
Modification systems:Restriction Endonucleases, Methylases, Ligases. Polynucleotide kinases, Phosphatases, DNA and
RNA polymerases, Reverse transcriptase, Terminal transferase, DNAses (Extremophiles), Nuclease. RNases,
Topoisomerase. Cloning Techniques: Restriction digestion based cloning. Linkers and adapters, Strategies for cloning TA
cloning. Ligase free cloning.
Module-4(8 Hours)
GENE TRANSFER TECHNIQUES:
Physical, chemical and biological methods, Competent cells: Chemical and Electro-competent. Transformation/ transfection
in plants and animals.Construction of genomic and cDNA libraries: Screening of DNA libraries for clone identification.
Characterization of clones. Methods of nucleic acid detection; Polymerase chain reaction (PCR) - techniques and
requirements, types of PCR, applications. Blotting techniques (Southern, Northern and Western), Radioactive and non-
radioactive labelling of nucleic acids.
Module-5(8 Hours)
APPLICATIONS OF GENETIC ENGINEERING:
Engineering microbes for the production of antibiotics, enzymes, insulin and monoclonal antibodies. Transgenic technology
for plant and animal improvement, Over expression and Knock out/ knock down studies, RNAi. Bio pharming- Animals
and plants as bioreactors for recombinant proteins. Genome-Editing Technologies: Types, Principles and Applications;
CRISPR- associated protein – Cas 9.

28
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Understand the basic concepts of genetic engineering for augmentation of traits.
 Apply and comprehend the principles of gene manipulation, expression and interaction of genes and proteins.
 Evaluate the screening and interaction studies using classical/conventional and high through put methods.
 Design the strategies for gene cloning and gene editing.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic
requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out
of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the
CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be scaled down to
50 marks
There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Gene Cloning and DNA Analysis – An Introduction; T.A.Brown; Wiley-Blackwell Science; 7th edn;2018.
 From Genes to Genomes, Concepts and applications of DNA Technology. Jeremy W. Dale and MV Schantz. 2nd
edition, 2018.
 Lewin’s genes XII Burlington, Massachusetts: Krebs, Jocelyn E., Goldstein, Elliott S., Kilpatrick, Stephen T., Jones
& Bartlett Learning, 2018.
 Molecular Biotechnology – Principles and applications of recombinant DNA, B.R. Glick, J.J. Pasternak and C.L
Patten; ASM Press; 6th edn; 2017.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
● VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
● https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=molecular%20biology
● https://www.edx.org/learn/molecular-biology
● https://www.classcentral.com/tag/molecular-biology
● https://www.cdc.gov/labtraining/training-courses/basic-molecular-biology/index.html
● https://pll.harvard.edu/subject/molecular-biology
 https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec19_bt02/preview
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/102103013
 https://bio.libretexts.org/Bookshelves/Microbiology/Book%3A_Microbiology_(Boundless)/7%3A_Microbial_G
enetics/7.23%3A_Genetic_Engineering_Products/7.23B%3A__Applications_of_Genetic_Engineering
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● Group Discussion of Case studies
● Model Making and poster presentations

29
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

BIOLOGY FOR ENGINEERS

Course Code 21BE45 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:2:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 Total Marks 100
Credits 02 Exam Hours 02
Course objectives:
 To familiarize the students with the basic biological concepts and their engineering applications.
 To enable the students with an understanding ofbiodesign principles to create novel devices and structures.
 To provide the students an appreciation of how biological systems can be re-designed as substitute products for natural
systems.
 To motivate the students develop the interdisciplinary vision of biological engineering.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry-based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (5 Hours)
BIOMOLECULES AND THEIR APPLICATIONS (QUALITATIVE):
Carbohydrates (cellulose-based water filters, PHA and PLA as bioplastics), Nucleic acids (DNA Vaccine for Rabies and
RNA vaccines for Covid19, Forensics – DNA fingerprinting), Proteins (Proteins as food – whey protein and meat analogs,
Plant based proteins), lipids (biodiesel, cleaning agents/detergents), Enzymes (glucose-oxidase in biosensors, lignolytic
enzyme in bio-bleaching).
Module-2 (5 Hours)
HUMAN ORGAN SYSTEMS AND BIO DESIGNS - 1 (QUALITATIVE):
Brain as a CPU system (architecture, CNS and Peripheral Nervous System, signal transmission, EEG, Robotic arms for
prosthetics. Engineering solutions for Parkinson’s disease).Eye as a Camera system (architecture of rod and cone cells,
optical corrections, cataract, lens materials, bionic eye).Heart as a pump system (architecture, electrical signalling - ECG
monitoring and heart related issues, reasons for blockages of blood vessels, design of stents, pace makers, defibrillators).
Module-3 (5 Hours)
HUMAN ORGAN SYSTEMS AND BIO-DESIGNS - 2 (QUALITATIVE):
Lungs as purification system (architecture, gas exchange mechanisms, spirometry, abnormal lung physiology - COPD,
Ventilators, Heart-lung machine).Kidney as a filtration system (architecture, mechanism of filtration, CKD, dialysis
systems).Muscular and Skeletal Systems as scaffolds (architecture, mechanisms, bioengineering solutions for muscular
dystrophy and osteoporosis).
Module-4 (5 Hours)
NATURE-BIOINSPIRED MATERIALS AND MECHANISMS (QUALITATIVE):
Echolocation (ultrasonography, sonars), Photosynthesis (photovoltaic cells, bionic leaf). Bird flying (GPS and aircrafts),
Lotus leaf effect (Super hydrophobic and self-cleaning surfaces), Plant burrs (Velcro), Shark skin (Friction reducing swim
suits), Kingfisher beak (Bullet train).Human Blood substitutes - hemoglobin-based oxygen carriers (HBOCs) and
perflourocarbons (PFCs).
Module-5 (5 Hours)
TRENDS IN BIOENGINEERING (QUALITATIVE):
Bioprinting techniques and materials, 3D printing of ear, bone and skin. 3D printed foods. Electrical tongue and electrical
nose in food science, DNA origami and Biocomputing, Bioimaging and Artificial Intelligence for disease diagnosis. Self-
healing Bioconcrete (based on bacillus spores, calcium lactate nutrients and biomineralization processes) and
Bioremediation and Biomining via microbial surface adsorption (removal of heavy metals like Lead, Cadmium, Mercury,
Arsenic).

30
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Elucidate the basic biological concepts via relevant industrial applications and case studies.
 Evaluate the principles of design and development, for exploring novel bioengineering projects.
 Corroborate the concepts of biomimetics for specific requirements.
 Think critically towards exploring innovative biobased solutions for socially relevant problems.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18
Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of
the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 2 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and marks scored will be proportionately reduced to 50
marks
Suggested Learning Resources:
 Human Physiology, Stuart Fox, Krista Rompolski, McGraw-Hill eBook. 16th Edition, 2022.
 Biology for Engineers, Thyagarajan S., Selvamurugan N., Rajesh M.P., Nazeer R.A., Thilagaraj W., Barathi S., and
Jaganthan M.K., Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2012.
 Biology for Engineers, Arthur T. Johnson, CRC Press, Taylor and Francis, 2011.
 Biomedical Instrumentation, Leslie Cromwell, Prentice Hall, 2011.
 Biology for Engineers, Sohini Singh and Tanu Allen, Vayu Education of India, New Delhi, 2014.
 Biomimetics: Nature-Based Innovation, Yoseph Bar-Cohen, 1st edition, 2012, CRC Press.
 Bio-Inspired Artificial Intelligence: Theories, Methods and Technologies, D. Floreano and C. Mattiussi, MIT Press,
2008.
 Bioremediation of heavy metals: bacterial participation, by C R Sunilkumar, N Geetha A C Udayashankar Lambert
Academic Publishing, 2019.
 3D Bioprinting: Fundamentals, Principles and Applications by Ibrahim Ozbolat, Academic Press, 2016.
 Electronic Noses and Tongues in Food Science, Maria Rodriguez Mende, Academic Press, 2016.
 Blood Substitutes, Robert Winslow, Elsevier, 2005.

31
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/121106008
 https://freevideolectures.com/course/4877/nptel-biology-engineers-other-non-biologists
 https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/20-020-introduction-to-biological-engineering-design-spring-2009
 https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/20-010j-introduction-to-bioengineering-be-010j-spring-2006
 https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=biology
 https://www.classcentral.com/subject/biology
 https://www.futurelearn.com/courses/biology-basic-concepts
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● Group Discussion of Case studies
● Model Making and seminar/poster presentations
● Design of novel device/equipment like Cellulose-based water filters, Filtration system mimicking the kidney,
Bioremediation unit for E-waste management, AI and ML based Bioimaging,

MOLECULAR BIOLOGY & GENETIC ENGINEERING LAB

Course Code 21BTL46 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Credits 01 Exam Hours 03
CourseLearningObjectives:
 Tounderstand the methods related to isolation, quantification, characterizationandamplificationof nucleicacids.
 Toperformexperiments related to Genetic transformation and recombinants.
 To learn protocols related to separation of Proteins and DNA.
Sl.No Experiments
1 Preparations of common molecular biology lab buffers (TAE, TBE, TE, Tris-Hcl etc.)

2 Isolation of genomic DNA plant sources

3 Isolation of genomic DNA microbial or animal sources

4 Agarose gel electrophoresis and quantification of nucleic acids

5 Isolation of total RNA from bacteria/plant/animal samples

6 Estimation of RNA Using Orcinol Method

7 Characterization of DNA by Spectrophotometric Assay and Melting Temperature (Tm)

8 Isolation of plasmid DNA from bacteria

9 Restriction Digestion of plasmid pUC18

10 Amplification of DNA by PCR

11 Separation of Proteins - SDS-PAGE

12 Genetic transformation of E.coli and blue-white screening

Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Apply the principles of molecular biology and genetic engineering.
 Conduct experiments related to isolation, separation, quantification, digestion and amplification of nucleic acids.
 Interpret and discuss the outcome of the experiments formally through written reports.

32
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each course. The student has to secure not less than 35% (18 Marks
out of 50) in the semester-end examination(SEE).
Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):
CIE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.
The split-up of CIE marks for record/ journal and test are in the ratio 60:40.
● Each experiment to be evaluated for conduction with observation sheet and record write-up. Rubrics for the
evaluation of the journal/write-up for hardware/software experiments designed by the faculty who is handling the
laboratory session and is made known to students at the beginning of the practical session.
● Record should contain all the specified experiments in the syllabus and each experiment write-up will be evaluated for
10 marks.
● Total marks scored by the students are scaled downed to 30 marks (60% of maximum marks).
● Weightage to be given for neatness and submission of record/write-up on time.
● Department shall conduct 02 tests for 100 marks, the first test shall be conducted after the 8 th week of the semester
and the second test shall be conducted after the 14th week of the semester.
● In each test, test write-up, conduction of experiment, acceptable result, and procedural knowledge will carry a
weightage of 60% and the rest 40% for viva-voce.
● The suitable rubrics can be designed to evaluate each student’s performance and learning ability. Rubrics suggested in
Annexure-II of Regulation book
● The average of 02 tests is scaled down to 20 marks (40% of the maximum marks).
● The Sum of scaled-down marks scored in the report write-up/journal and average marks of two tests is the total CIE
marks scored by the student.
Semester End Evaluation (SEE):
SEE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.
SEE shall be conducted jointly by the two examiners of the same institute, examiners are appointed by the University
● All laboratory experiments are to be included for practical examination.
● (Rubrics) Breakup of marks and the instructions printed on the cover page of the answer script to be strictly adhered to
by the examiners. OR based on the course requirement evaluation rubrics shall be decided jointly by examiners.
● Students can pick one question (experiment) from the questions lot prepared by the internal /external examiners jointly.
● Evaluation of test write-up/ conduction procedure and result/viva will be conducted jointly by examiners.
● General rubrics suggested for SEE are mentioned here, writeup-20%, Conduction procedure and result in -60%, Viva-
voce 20% of maximum marks. SEE for practical shall be evaluated for 100 marks and scored marks shall be scaled
down to 50 marks (however, based on course type, rubrics shall be decided by the examiners)
● Change of experiment is allowed only once and 15% Marks allotted to the procedure part to be made zero.
The duration of SEE is 03 hours
Rubrics suggested in Annexure-II of Regulation book
Suggested Learning Resources:
● Gene Cloning and DNA Analysis – An Introduction; T.A.Brown; Wiley-Blackwell Science; 7th edn;2018.
● Laboratory manual for genetic engineering. Vennison S John. Phi learning publishers. 2009.
● Basic techniques in molecular biology by Surzycki, Stefan. Springer Science & Business Media, 2012.
● Basic Techniques in Biochemistry, Microbiology and Molecular Biology: Principles and Techniques by Aakanchha
Jain et al., Springer Protocols Handbooks, 2020.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_bt35/preview
 https://www.mitconbiopharma.com/training/bio-tech-training/certificate-course-in-genetic-engineering/
 https://alison.com/course/understanding-molecular-biology
 https://stores.biotecnika.org/products/molecular-biology-techniques-certification-course
 https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec20_ma13/preview

33
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

ABILITY ENHANCEMENT COURSE - IV

HYDROPONICS, AQUAPONICSAND AEROPONICS

Course Code 21BT481 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 15 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 01
Course objectives:
 To Learn about the basics of aquaponics, aeropinics and hydroponics systems.
 To Learn how to set up an aquaculture system, aeroponic system, and hydroponics system.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (3 Hours)
HYDROPONICS:
History of hydroponics, General hydroponics, benefits, food production, organic foods versus hydroponics foods, Systems
of Hydroponic/Soilless Culture.
Module-2 (3 Hours)
MEDIA FOR HYDROPONICS:
Build your own system, Media and supplies, Minerals, macro and micro Nutrients, mixing, Advanced nutrients, super
nutrients, Mineral deficiencies, case studies of foods grown via hydroponics, Hydroponic Cropping.
Module-3 (3 Hours)
APPLICATION OF HYDROPONICS:
CO2 utilization, Problems in hydroponics, Pest Control, post-harvest handling, hydroponic terminologies, Diagnostic
Testing Procedures, The Hydroponic Greenhouse, Educational Role for Hydroponics.
Module-4 (3 Hours)
AQUAPONICS:
History of Aquaponics, System design and management, Establishing and Maintaining the Fish Tank, Seed Germination
and Planting, Plant Selection and Care, Plant Nutrient Requirements, Photosynthesis, Transpiration and Light, Plant
Physiology & Light.
Module-5 (3 Hours)
AEROPONICS:
History of Aeroponics, The Aeroponic Value Proposition, Aeroponic Science.Aeroponics Innovations, Aeroponic Business,
Practice of Aeroponics. Current research. Case studies.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Demonstrate the basics of aquaponics, aeroponics and hydroponics systems.
 Apply the learnings to set up an aquaculture system, plant culture, aeroponics and hydroponics system.

34
 BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Assessment Details fboth CIE and SEE)

Methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Tests, MCQ, Quizzes, Seminar or micro project/Course
Project, Term'Paper)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The student has to obtain a minimum of 35% of maximum marks in SEE and a minimum of 40% of maximum marks in
CIE. Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 50 marks (One hour duration).
Based on this grading will be awarded.
The student has to score a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE [Continuous Internal
Evaluation] and SEE [Semester End Examination] taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of tlie 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
(All tests are similar to the SEE pattern i.e question paper pattern is MCQ)
Two assignments each of 10 Marks.
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Report writing /Group discussion/Seminar any one of three suitably planned to attain the C0s and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 0l hour) at the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks.
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom's taxonomy as per the outcome defined
for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for subject
SEE paperwill be set for 50 questions of each of 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is MCQ.
The time allotted for SEE is 0l hour.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Hydroponics and aquaponics for beginners, by Viktor Garden, Independent Publishing, 2021.
 DIY Hydroponic Gardens: How to Design and Build an Inexpensive System for Growing Plants in Water by Tyler
Baras - Cool Springs Press, 2018.
 Aquaponic Gardening: A Step-By-Step Guide to Raising Vegetables and Fish Together by Sylvia Bernstein - New
Society Publishers, 2011.
 Hydroponic Food Production: A Definitive Guidebook of Soilless Food-growing Methods by Howard M. Resh -
Woodbridge Press Publishing Co ,U.S. 1980.
 Hydroponics: Hydroponics Essential Guide: by Andy Jacobson , Createspace Independent Publishing Platform, 2016.
 Hydroponics by Kevin Espiritu, Cool Springs Press, 2019.
 Aeroponics, by Thomas W. Gurley CRC Press, 2020.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://rocketskills.in/course/best-hydroponics-course?
 https://www.udemy.com/topic/hydroponics/
 https://www.edx.org/course/aquaponics-the-circular-food-production-system
 https://www.acseduonline.com/courses/horticultural-crops-20/aquaponic-production-bht319-569.aspx
 https://mycourseguru.in/hydroponic-courses/
 Lakkireddy, Kiran & Kondapalli, Kasturi & Sambasiva Rao, K.R.S.. (2012). Role of Hydroponics and Aeroponics in
Soilless Culture in Commercial Food Production. Research & Reviews : Journal of Agricultural Science and
Technology (RRJoAST). Volume 1. Pages 26-35.
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● Group Discussion of Case studies
● Model Making and poster presentations

QUALITY CONTROL AND QUALITY ASSURANCE

35
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Course Code 21BT482 CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 15 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 01
Course objectives:
 To understand the various aspects of quality control and quality assurance in BT industries.
 To know the various guidelines and regulations, tools and tests, documentation, certifications, etc.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (3 Hours)
INTRODUCTION TO QUALITY: Definition of Quality, Dimensions of Quality, Principles of Quality. Concept of
Quality and Quality Management; Quality vs. Reliability; Quality statements – vision, mission, Policy.

Module-2 (3 Hours)
TOOLS FOR QUALITY CONTROL:
Checklists, Fishbone diagram, Control chart, Stratification, Pareto chart, Histogram, Scatter Diagram, Use of statistical tools,
concept of Six Sigma.
Module-3 (3 Hours)
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Concept, meaning and importance in Biotechnology industry (products and services). QC and QA of pharmaceuticals/drugs,
biologics, medical devices, foods, seeds and testing. Role of regulatory bodies (FDA, DCGI, FSSAI, BIS etc).
Module-4 (3 Hours)
GLP, GCP AND GMP GUIDELINES:
GLP, GCP and GMP guidelinesas per WHO and EMEA. Organization and personnel responsibilities, maintenance,
sanitation, environmental control, utilities and maintenance of sterile areas, control of contamination and Good Warehousing
Practice.
Module-5 (3 Hours)
TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT:
Meaning, tools and techniques, Quality Management Systems, Role of documentation, Audits and ISO 9001:2008,
9001:2015, ISO14001:2004.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Apply the Principles of Quality Management, QC and QA in the BT industry.
 Understand the various guidelines and apply the same in the Pharma and Food industry.
 Analyse raw materials and finished products in line with the standards.

36
 BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Assessment Details fboth CIE and SEE)

Methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Tests, MCQ, Quizzes, Seminar or micro project/Course
Project, Term'Paper)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The student has to obtain a minimum of 35% of maximum marks in SEE and a minimum of 40% of maximum marks in
CIE. Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 50 marks (One hour duration).
Based on this grading will be awarded.
The student has to score a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE [Continuous Internal
Evaluation] and SEE [Semester End Examination] taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of tlie 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
(All tests are similar to the SEE pattern i.e question paper pattern is MCQ)
Two assignments each of 10 Marks.
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Report writing /Group discussion/Seminar any one of three suitably planned to attain the C0s and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 0l hour) at the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks.
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom's taxonomy as per the outcome defined for
the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for subject
SEE paperwill be set for 50 questions of each of 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is MCQ.
The time allotted for SEE is 0l hour.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 FDA Compliance Program 7382.845 Inspections of Medical Device Manufacturers, February 2, 2011.
 Quality Assurance of Pharmaceuticals. A Compendium of Guidelines and Related Material Vol. 1 and Vol. 2, WHO
2007.
 Good Manufacturing-Practices for Pharmaceuticals, by Graham Bunn and Joseph 6th Ed. D. Nally 2006.
 Quality Assurance Guide by organization of Pharmaceutical Procedures of India, 3rd revised edition, Volume I & II,
Mumbai, 1996.
 Good Laboratory Practice Regulations, 2nd Edition, Sandy Weinberg Vol. 69, Marcel Dekker Series, 1995.
 Quality Assurance of Pharmaceuticals- A compedium of Guide lines and Related materials Vol I & II, 2nd edition,
WHO Publications, 1999.
 How to Practice GMP’s – P P Sharma, Vandana Publications, Agra, 1991.
 The International Pharmacopoeia – vol I, II, III, IV & V - General Methods of Analysis and Quality specification for
Pharmaceutical Substances, Excepients and Dosage forms, 3rd edition, WHO, Geneva, 2005.
 Good laboratory Practice Regulations – Allen F. Hirsch, Volume 38, Marcel Dekker Series, 1989.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TU6sSgIpkn8
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qu4Qz9rsryM
 https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=quality%20control
 https://www.edx.org/learn/quality-control
 https://www.udemy.com/topic/quality-assurance/
 https://asq.org/training/catalog/topics/quality-control
 https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/quality-assurance
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource

37
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

● Validation and Calibration of equipment/Instruments
● Group Discussion of Case studies
● Model Making and poster presentations

BIOPESTICIDES AND BIOFERTILIZERS

Course Code 21BT483 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 15 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 01
Course objectives:
 To familiarize the students about the biopesticides and biofertilizers which are free from harmful chemicals and are
more environment friendly for the purposes of achieving better crop production
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (3 Hours)
PATHOGENS AND PESTS MANAGEMENT :
Pathogens and Pests Management, Natural Enemies, Reduviids and Their Merits in Biological Control, Weaver Ants and
Biocontrol of the Nuisance Pest Luprops tristis (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae), Ground Beetles (Coleoptera: Carabidae): Their
Potential as Bio-agents in Agroecosystems, Eco-friendly Control of Three Common Mosquito Larvae Species by Odonata
Nymphs, Spiders as Potential Ecofriendly Predators Against Pests.
Module-2 (3 Hours)
BIOFERTILIZERS:
Types and importance of biofertilizers, Biopesticides and bioagents in agriculture and organic farming system, History of
biofertilizers production Classification of biofertilizers microorganisms used in biofertilizers production.
Module-3 (3 Hours)
NITROGEN FIXATION:
Concept of Nitrogen fixation. Structure and characteristic features of bacterial biofertilizers - Azotobacter, Bacillus,
Rhizobium; Cynobacterial biofertilizers - Anabaena, and fungal biofertilizers - VAM.
Module-4 (3 Hours)
BIOPESTICIDES :
General account of microbes used as bioinsecticides and their advantages over synthetic pesticides, Bacillus thuringiensis,
Mechanism of phosphate solubilization and phosphate mobilization, K solubilization. Botanicals: botanical pesticides, and
biorationales. Botanicals and their uses. Plant Essential Oils and Pest Management
Module-5 (3 Hours)
PRODUCTION AND QUALITY CONTROL :
Strain selection, sterilization, growth and fermentation, mass production of biofertiizers. Storage, shelf life, quality control
and marketing. Factors influencing the efficacy of biofertilizers/Biopesticides, FCO specifications and quality control of
biofertilizers. Application technology for seeds, seedlings, tubers, etc.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Corelate the principles of Microbiology towards Biofertilizers and Bioinsecticides.
 Comprehend Pest-Plant interactions and apply the same in Agriculture.
 Understand strain selection and apply the same to scale up production of Biofertilizers and Bioinsecticides.

38
 BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Assessment Details fboth CIE and SEE)

Methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Tests, MCQ, Quizzes, Seminar or micro project/Course
Project, Term'Paper)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The student has to obtain a minimum of 35% of maximum marks in SEE and a minimum of 40% of maximum marks in
CIE. Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 50 marks (One hour duration).
Based on this grading will be awarded.
The student has to score a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE [Continuous Internal
Evaluation] and SEE [Semester End Examination] taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of tlie 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
(All tests are similar to the SEE pattern i.e question paper pattern is MCQ)
Two assignments each of 10 Marks.
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Report writing /Group discussion/Seminar any one of three suitably planned to attain the C0s and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 0l hour) at the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks.
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom's taxonomy as per the outcome defined for
the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for subject
SEE paperwill be set for 50 questions of each of 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is MCQ.
The time allotted for SEE is 0l hour.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Biofertilizer Technology, Marketing and Usage, Motsara, I.M.R., Bhattacharyya, P. and Srivastava, B. 1995.
 Biofertilizers in Agriculture and Forestry, Subba Rao, N.S. Oxford and IBH. Publ. Co., New Delhi. 1993.
 Formulation of Microbial Biopesticides: Beneficial microorganisms, nematodes and seed treatments, H. D. Burges,
Spingerlink, 1998.
 Biofertilizer and Biopesticide by Shalini Suri (Author)Aph Publishing Corporation 2011.
 Biological control of insect pest suppression. Coppel H.C. and J.W. Martin. Springer. 1977.
 Biofertilizers and Biopesticides by Krishnendu Acharya, Surjit Sen, Techno World; 2019.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
● http://courseware.cutm.ac.in/courses/certificate-course-bio-fertilizer-preparation/
● https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec21_ag03/preview
● https://www.udemy.com/course/basics-of-fertilizers/
● https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qxv-IEGucFs
● https://knowledge.unccd.int/e-learning-course-organic-fertilizer-sustainable-agriculture
● http://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/102105058/L55.html
● VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● Study of biological agents like anabena, nostoc, VAM and Rhizobium
● Group Discussion of Case studies
● Model Making and poster presentations

39
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

R PROGRAMMING FOR BIOLOGISTS

Course Code 21BT484 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 15 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 01
Course objectives:
 To Master the use of the R and RStudio interactive environment.
 To Expand R by installing R packages.
 To Explore and understand how to use the R documentation.
 To Read Structured Data into R from various sources.
 To Understand the different data types in R.
 To Understand the different data structures in R.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (3 Hours)
INTRODUCTION:
Basic fundamentals, installation and use of software, data editing, Downloading and installation of R from CRAN on
windows and Linux OS. Getting help from CRAN website and the internet and the help commands. Command packages:
standard command packages, running and manipulating the commands, Establishment of R programming.
Module-2 (3 Hours)
DATA TYPES:
R & R Studio Installation, Scalar, Vectors, Matrix, List, Data frames, Factors, Handling date in R, Conversion of data
types, Operators in R, importing data and manipulating data in R.
Module-3 (3 Hours)
CONDITIONAL STATEMENTS AND FUNCTIONS:
If …else, For loop, While loop, Repeat loop, Apply(), sApply(), rApply(), tApply. conditional executions and loops, data
management with sequences. Data management with repeats, sorting, ordering, and lists.
Module-4 (3 Hours)
DATA MANAGEMENT:
Vector indexing, factors, Data management with strings, display and formatting. data management with display paste, split,
find and replacement, manipulations with alphabets, evaluation of strings, Data frames, import of external data in various
file formats.
Module-5 (3 Hours)
STATISTICS:
Basics of statistics, statistical functions, compilation of data. Data Visualization in R using GG Plot: Box Plot, Histograms,
Scatter Plotter, Line chart, Bar Chart, Heat maps Misc. functions and Data Visualization using Plotly:3D-view, Geo Maps,
Null Handling, Merge, Grep, Scan.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Download and install R and RStudio
 Use of operators and functions in R
 Solve fundamental problems
 Apply R in data management and visualization

40
 BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Assessment Details fboth CIE and SEE)

Methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Tests, MCQ, Quizzes, Seminar or micro project/Course
Project, Term'Paper)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The student has to obtain a minimum of 35% of maximum marks in SEE and a minimum of 40% of maximum marks in
CIE. Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 50 marks (One hour duration).
Based on this grading will be awarded.
The student has to score a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE [Continuous Internal
Evaluation] and SEE [Semester End Examination] taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of tlie 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
(All tests are similar to the SEE pattern i.e question paper pattern is MCQ)
Two assignments each of 10 Marks.
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Report writing /Group discussion/Seminar any one of three suitably planned to attain the C0s and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 0l hour) at the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks.
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom's taxonomy as per the outcome defined
for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for subject
SEE paperwill be set for 50 questions of each of 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is MCQ.
The time allotted for SEE is 0l hour.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 R For Dummies 2nd Edition by Andrie de Vries and Joris Meys, 2015.
 R in a Nutshell 2e: A Desktop Quick Reference Paperback by Joseph Adler, 2012.
 Learning R: A Step-By-Step Function Guide to Data Analysis Paperback by Richard Cotton, 2013.
 R Programming for Beginners: Fast and Easy Learning Rby Steven Keller, 2016.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
● https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111104100
● https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fDRa82lxzaU
● https://www.udemy.com/topic/r-programming-language
● https://www.udemy.com/course/r-programming/
● https://www.mygreatlearning.com/great-lakes-pgpdsba?
● https://www.coursera.org/learn/r-programming
● https://www.edx.org/learn/r-programming
● https://www.udemy.com/topic/r-programming-language/
● VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● Installation and working with R
● Executing simple programs in R
● Using graphical data visualization
● Problem solving using R

41
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

VISVESVARAYA TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI

B.E. in BIOTECHNOLOGY
Scheme and Syllabus of Teaching and Examinations 2021
Outcome Based Education (OBE) and Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)
V Semester
BIOKINETICS & BIOREACTION ENGINEERING
Course Code 21BT51 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 2:2:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 Todiscussthedifferentmodelsofchemicalreactionsandhowvariousfactorssuchastemperatureaffect reactionrate.
 Tostudytheperformanceanddistinguishbetweenthedifferenttypes of ideal andnonidealreactors.
 TodeterminetheoptimumpH,temperatureandconcentrationofanenzyme.
 To understand the aspects of substrateaffinityandenzyme inhibition.
 Todescribemediumrequirementsandmediumformulationformaximizing the yields.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (8 Hours)
INTRODUCTION:
Law of mass action and rate equation, definitions and examples of elementary and nonelementary reactions,theories of
reaction rate and temperature dependency, analysis of experimental reactor data - evaluation of
rateequationbyintegralanddifferentialanalysisfor constantvolumesystem.Conceptualnumericals.
Module-2 (8 Hours)
BIOREACTORS:
Design equations for homogeneous system - batch, stirred tank and tubular flow reactor, size comparison ofsingle reactors,
combination of reactor systems - Qualitative design for parallel and series reactors. Conceptualnumericals. Non-ideal
reactors, residence time distribution studies for pulse and step input, Exit age distribution offluid in reactors, RTD’s for
CSTR and PFR, calculations of conversions for First order reactions, tanksinseries models. Conceptual numericals.
Module-3 (8 Hours)
ENZYME KINETICS:
Enzymes and their Classifications Enzymeactivesite,Unitsofenzymeactivity
typesofenzymespecificities,initialvelocitystudies,formation ,of ES complex, derivation of Michaelis-Menton equation,
definition of Km and Vmax, Lineweaver-BurkandEadie-Hofsteeplots.,Enzymeinhibition:competitive,uncompetitive and
non-competitive; Regulations – allosteric and feedback regulation. Conceptualnumericals.
Module-4 (8 Hours)
KINETICS OF MICROBIAL GROWTH:
Batch growth kinetics, Elemental balance of biological conversion with and without extracellular product formation,
Degree of reduction, Theoretical prediction of yield coefficients, Factors affecting microbial growth,Monod growth
kinetics, Conceptualnumericals.Case studies.
Module-5 (8 Hours)
MEDIA OPTIMIZATION :
Medium requirements for fermentation processes- Carbon, nitrogen, minerals, vitamins and
othercomplexnutrients;oxygenrequirements;Mediumformulationforoptimalgrowthandproductformation, examples of
simple and complex media; thermal death kinetics of microorganisms; Batchandcontinuous heat – Sterilization of Liquid
media;Filtersterilization ofliquid media. Case studies.

42
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Detailthemechanismandkineticsofchemical,enzymeandmicrobialreactions.
 Identifyandsummarizetheparametersfroma range ofreactionstooptimizereactordesignanddevelopment.
 Demonstratetheuseofvariousscientificparameterstoimprovetheperformanceoffermentationprocess.
 Formulate asuitablemedia for maximized microbialgrowthand product yields, byanalysingvariousparameters.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% ( 18
Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of
the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be proportionally
scaled down to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Elementsof Chemical ReactionEngineering Fogler,H.S PrenticeHall 3rdEdition, 2004.
 Bioprocess Engineering:BasicConcepts FikretKargi,Matthew DeLisa,andMichael L.
ShulerPrenticeHall Third Edition,2017.
 EnzymeKineticsand Mechanism PaulFCook&W W Cleland GarlandScience, 2007.
 ChemicalReaction Engineering Levenspiel O JohnWiley 3rdEdition, 1998.
 BioenergeticsDavidNicholls AcademicPress 4thEdition,2013.
 ChemicalReactorAnalysis andDesign Forment GFand BischoffKB JohnWiley 3rdEdition, 2010.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://www.coursera.org/lecture/toxicology-21/physiologically-based-biokinetic-modeling-GdoGG
 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_bt19/preview
 https://alison.com/course/bioreactor-design-fed-batch-and-continuous-bioreactors
 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_bt28/preview
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● Industrial visit with assessment.
● AV presentation by students (on specific topics).
43
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

● Online surprise quizzes.

● Discussion of case studies based on research findings.
● Model making and Poster presentations.

IMMUNOTECHNOLOGY+ LAB
Course Code 21BT52 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 50 Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To Learn the underlying concepts of molecular and cellular mechanisms involved in the development and
regulation of the immune response
 To Describe the cause for Immune System Disorders.
 To Learn the techniques of Immunodiagnostics.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (10 Hours)
IMMUNE SYSTEM:
Introduction; Immunity-innate and acquired immunity; Haematopoiesis; Cells of immune system – lymphoid cells,
mononuclear cells, granulocytes, dendritic cells & mast cells; organs of immune system - primary and secondary lymphoid
organs; Humoral and Cell mediated immunity; Antigens: Chemical and biological Factors affecting
antigenicity/Immunogenicity and molecular nature, Haptens, adjuvants; Antibodies: structure and function,
Immunoglobulin classes and subclasses (isotypic, allotypes, idiotypes and anti-idiotytopic antibodies).
LAB EXERCISES:
 Agglutination Technique: ABO typing
 Isolation of lymphocytes from peripheral blood and differential counting of WBC
Module-2 (10 Hours)
HUMORAL AND CELL MEDIATED IMMUNITY:
B-lymphocytes and their activation, development and maturation. antibody genes and generation of diversity, Class
switching mechanism; production of monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies and applications;
Thymus derived lymphocytes (T cells):activation, development and maturation, their ontogeny and typesMajor
histocompatibility Complex (MHC) Complex, MHC Class I and II molecules. Antigen processing and presentation process.
LAB EXERCISES:
 Bacterial Agglutination reaction-Widal test (Tube / slide agglutination)
 Radial Immunodiffusion (RID)
Module-3 (10 Hours)
IMMUNE SYSTEM IN HEALTH AND DISEASE:
Complement system, pathways of complement activation and its functions, Hypersensitivity: Gell and Coombs
classification of Hypersensitivity,Autoimmune disorders-types, animal model and treatment; Immune response to
infections: immunity to viruses, bacteria, fungi and parasites; Immunodeficiency disorders: Primary and secondary
immunodeficiencies (AIDS); Injury and inflammation, Vaccines and their types, production of recombinant vaccine –
vaccine for hepatitis B surface antigen.
LAB EXERCISES:
 Ouchterlony Double Diffusion (ODD)
 Rocket immune-electrophoresis (RIEP)
Module-4 (10 Hours)
TRANSPLANTATION AND TUMOR IMMUNOLOGY:

44
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Transplantation and its classification, Immunologic basis of graft rejection and its mechanism, transplantation antigens,
tissue typing, role of MHC molecules in allograft rejection, Clinical transplantations, bone marrow, HSC transplantation
and immunosuppressive therapy; Tumours of the immune system-tumour antigens and immune response to tumours, tumour
immune-therapy.
LAB EXERCISES:
 Counter-current immune-electrophoresis (CCIEP)
 Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA)
Module-5 (10 Hours)
MOLECULAR IMMUNOLOGY &IMMUNODIAGNOSIS:
Antigen antibody interaction – Precipitation reactions, Agglutination reactions; ABO Blood typing principles; Principles
and applications of ELISA, Radio Immuno Assay (RIA), western blot analysis, immunoelectrophoresis,
Immunofluorescence, Fluorescence Activated Cell Sorting (FACS) analysis. Role of stem cells technology in immunology,
Production of humanized monoclonal antibodies (Single chain fragment variable).
LAB EXERCISES:
 Western blotting
 Complement fixation test
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Outline the molecular and cellular mechanisms involved in the development and regulation of the immune
response,
 Detail the cause, challenges and treatment for Immune System Pathologies and Dysfunctions.
 Apply the major immunological laboratory techniques and their application to both clinical analysis and
experimental research.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
CIE for the theory component of IPCC
Two Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Scaled-down marks of two tests and two assignments added will be CIE marks for the theory component
of IPCC for 30 marks.

CIE for the practical component of IPCC

 On completion of every experiment/program in the laboratory, the students shall be evaluated

and marks shall be awarded on the same day. The15 marks are for conducting the experiment
and preparation of the laboratory record, the other 05 marks shall be for the test conducted at
the end of the semester.
 The CIE marks awarded in the case of the Practical component shall be based on the continuous
evaluation of the laboratory report. Each experiment report can be evaluated for 10 marks. Marks
of all experiments’ write-ups are added and scaled down to 15 marks.

 The laboratory test (duration 02/03 hours) at the end of the 15th week of the semester /after

45
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

completion of all the experiments (whichever is early) shall be conducted for 50 marks and scaled
down to 05 marks.
Scaled-down marks of write-up evaluations and tests added will be CIE marks for the laboratory
component of IPCC for 20 marks.
.
SEE for IPCC
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the course (duration 03 hours)
13. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scorded shall be
proportionally scaled down to 50 Marks
14. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
15. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

The theory portion of the IPCC shall be for both CIE and SEE, whereas the practical portion will
have a CIE component only. Questions mentioned in the SEE paper shall include questions from
the practical component).
 The minimum marks to be secured in CIE to appear for SEE shall be the 12 (40% of maximum
marks-30) in the theory component and 08 (40% of maximum marks -20) in the practical
component. The laboratory component of the IPCC shall be for CIE only. However, in SEE, the
questions from the laboratory component shall be included. The maximum of 04/05 questions to
be set from the practical component of IPCC, the total marks of all questions should not be more
than the 20 marks.
SEE will be conducted for 100 marks and students shall secure 35% of the maximum marks to qualify in
the SEE. Marks secured will be scaled down to 50.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Kuby Immunology by by Jenni Punt, Sharon Stranford, Patricia Jones, Judith A Owen, WH Freeman; 8th ed. 2018.
 Immunology – an Introduction by Tizard Thomson. Saunders College Publising, 1984
 Immunology &Immunotechnology, Ashim K Chakravarthy, Oxford University Press. 2006.
 Immundiagnostics by S C Rastogi, New Age International. 1996.
 Essential Immunology by Roitt I. Blackwell Scientific Publications,13th Edition, 2017.
 Immunology: A Short Course Richard Coico, Geoffrey Sunshine Wiley-Blackwell 7th Edition, 2015.
 Understanding Immunology by Peter Wood, Pearson Education, 2001.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=immunology
 https://www.edx.org/learn/immunology
 https://www.tangolearn.com/best-immunology-courses-classes-online/
 https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-immunology-14117
 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_bt43/preview
 https://pll.harvard.edu/course/hmx-immunology?delta=1
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● AV presentation by students (on specific topics).
● Online surprise quizzes.
● Discussion of case studies based on research findings.
● Model making and Poster presentations.

46
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

STRUCTURAL BIOLOGY & ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES

Course Code 21BT53 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 2:2:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To learn the fundamentals of biomolecular structure-function hypothesis.
 To gather knowledgeof various biophysical, spectroscopic,chromatographictechniquesandtheir applications.
 Tobeabletounderstand and select the specific analyticaltechniquefor required case study.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (8 Hours)
STRUCTURE AND CONFORMATION OF PROTEINS:
Composition and primary structures ofproteins, peptide geometries, phi, psi,omega angles, Ramachandran or steric
contour diagram, allowedchiangles of side chains inproteins,Conformational analysis and forces that determine protein
structures, hydrogenbonding,disulphidebonds,hydrophobicinteractions,vanderwaalsforces,potential energy calculations.
Secondary structures: alpha helices, beta sheets, turns. Thermodynamic aspects of protein folding. Relationship between
the primary,secondary,andtertiarystructureofproteins.StructureofIgG,fibrousproteins(structureofcollagen, keratin).
Quaternary structures – dimers (homo & heterodimers),trimers,tetramers;Popular
Proteinfolds,structuralfamiliesandclasses, multifunctionaldomains(qualitativeexamples).
Module-2 (8 Hours)
STRUCTUREAND CONFORMATION OFNUCLEICACIDSANDBIOMEMBRANES:
General characteristics of nucleic acid structures (A, T, G, C, U), forces and stabilizing geometries,glycosidic bond,
rotational isomers. Stabilizing ordered forms of DNA (A, B and Z), base pairingtypes, base stacking, tertiary structure of
DNA (Supercoiled DNA), Melting of the DNA doublehelix (Hyperchromicity), Interaction with small ions and small
molecules. Ribose puckering andTertiary structure of tRNA.
Structure and conformational properties of cell membranes, Singer andNicholson model, integral proteins in membranes,
conformational variations during ion transport,Signaltransduction andmolecularreception (qualitative).
Module-3 (8 Hours)
BIOPHYSICALTECHNIQUES:
Rayleighscattering,ultra-centrifugation,viscometry.Electronmicroscopy(SEM, TEM,AFM),luminescence (fluorescence &
phosphorescence), Calorimetry, DSC, DTA/TGA, Mass spectrometry,MALDI-TOF,VoltageClampand Patch
Clamp(measurements ofmembranepotentials). Flowcytometry.

Module-4 (8 Hours)
SPECTROSCOPICTECHNIQUES:
X-ray diffraction: structure determination via single crystal diffraction, fibre diffraction; Neutrondiffraction. XPS, XAFS.
NMR spectroscopy (structure determination). ORD/CD, UV, IR, Laser Raman,ESR/EPR.
Module-5 (8 Hours)
ELECTROPHORETICTECHNIQUES:
Agarosegelelectrophoresis,gradientelectrophoresis,horizontalandverticalgelelectrophoresis,isoelectricfocusing, immuno-
electrophoresis. capillaryelectrophoresis and applications. Chromatographic Techniques: Normal phase,
adsorption,reversephase,ionexchange,sizeexclusion,hydrophobicinteraction,bio-affinityandpseudoaffinity techniques.
GC, Paper chromatography, TLC and HPLC and their applications.

47
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Describe the structural aspects of macormoleucles like proteins, nucleic acids and biomembranes.
 Demonstrate their structure function hypothesis via suitable techniques.
 Apply thespecific biophysical, spectroscopic,chromatographictechniquesfor various case studies.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% ( 18
Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of
the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be proportionally
scaled down to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Principles of protein structure by G Schulz and R H Schrimer, Springer Verlag, 1979.
 Introduction to Protein Science by Arthur M Lesk, Oxford University Press, 2010
 Biophysical Chemistry by Cantor R. and Schimmel P.R, W. H. Freeman, 1980.
 Biophysical Principles of Structure & Function by Fred M. Snell & Sidney Shulman, Addison-Wesley Publishing,
1965.
 Introduction to Protein Structure by Carl Branden and John Tooze, Garland Publishing,1998.
 Proteins Structure – A Practical Approach by Creighton, Oxford University Press, 1989.
 Biophysical Chemistry, by Upadhyay, Himalaya Publishing House, 2010
 Biophysical chemistry: ‘Techniques for the study of biological structure and function’, CR Cantor and PR
Schimmel. WH Freeman and Co, Oxford Press. 1980.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_bt14/preview
 https://www.udemy.com/course/sbio-101/
 https://www.ebi.ac.uk/training/search-results?query=structural-
biology&domain=ebiweb_training&page=1&facets=

48
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

 https://web.stanford.edu/class/sbio228/
 https://www.coursera.org/lecture/bioinformatics-methods-2/introduction-i6Q2J
 https://www.biophysics.org/education-careers/education-resources/additional-education-resources/free-online-
courses
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● AV presentation by students (on specific topics).
● Online surprise quizzes.
● Discussion of case studies based on research findings.
● Model making and Poster presentations.

GENOMICS, PROTEOMICS AND BIOINFORMATICS

Course Code 21BT54 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 Toinculcatethe fundamentals of Genomics, Proteomics and Bioinformatics.
 Tocomprehendthe applicationsof Genomics, Proteomics and Bioinformatics in biotechnology research.
 Toimpart knowledgeofvarious softwaretoolsused in Genomics, Proteomics and Bioinformatics studies.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (8 Hours)
INTRODUCTION:
Polymorphisms–
typesofpolymorphism,genomesequencesanddatabasesubscriptions.Earlysequencingefforts.ExtractionofDNA,Methodsofpr
eparing genomicDNAforsequencing,DNAsequenceanalysismethods-Maxam &GilbertMethod,SangerDi-
deoxymethod,Fluorescence method,shot-gun approach.NGS methodsand their principles.
BioinformaticstoolsandautomationinGenomeSequencing,analysisofrawgenomesequencedata, Transcriptome (RNA)
sequencing, Exome sequencing, Genome Annotation, Using NGS to de tect sequence variants, Utilityof
EST database in sequencing.
Module-2 (8 Hours)
GENOMICS:
Generalarchitectureofprokaryoticandeukaryotic genome. Regulationoftranscription,transcriptionfactorsandtheco-
ordinationofgeneexpression, Gene variation and Single Nucleotide Polymorphisms (SNPs),Bioinformatics in detection of
Polymorphisms - dbSNP, Gene-disease association, diagnostic genes and drug targets, genotypingtools-DNAChips.
G e n o m e p r o j e c t s o f Model systems: Drosophila,Yeast, C.elegans.E. coli.,Arabidopsisandrice;Humangenome
projectandthegeneticmap.InterferenceRNA, RNA silencing, SiRNA. Genetic and physical maps: Breeding requirements
for mapping. Molecular markers - RFLP, RAPD, AFLP,Micro-array in
functionalgenomics.Bioinformaticstoolsinmicroarraydataanalysis.Toolsforcomparativegenomics:BLAST2,Vista,MUMm
er,COG, VOG. Mummer, COG, VOG.
Module-3 (8 Hours)
PROTEOMICS:
Two-dimensional PAGE for proteomeanalysis, Detection of proteins on SDS gels, Protein cleavage, Edman protein
microsequencing, Automation inproteomics, Protein protein interaction assays - Two-hybrid methods, TAP/ GFP tags,
Phage Display, Mass-spec based analysis of proteinexpression. MS-MS approaches, Peptide Mass finger printing and Post
Translational Modifications Interactomics, Protein Arrays and "Protein Chip" - interactions and detection techniques.
Phage antibodies as toolsfor proteomics. Proteome-wide interaction maps, Proteomics workflows; Proteomics and the
49
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

study of diseases, Applications of proteome analysis to drug development and toxicology.Organellar proteomics.Protein
Engineering.

Module-4 (8 Hours)
DATABASES& SEQUENCEANALYSIS:
Bioinformatics resources: NCBI,EBI, ExPASy, RCSB. Significance of databases towards informatics projects. Databases
and classifications.GenBank,DDBJ,EMBL, PIR,Uniprot-KB,SWISS-PROT, TrEMBL.Genebank
flatfile.ProteinDataBank (PDB) flat file; FASTA Format, PIR Format; Structure file formats. the Modular Nature of
proteins,Optional Alignment Methods, substitution matrices,Statistical significance of Alignments, BLAST and its
different types,ProgressiveAlignmentMethods,MUSCLE,MotifsandPatterns,PROSITE,
HiddenMarkovModels(HMMs).Phylogeneticanalysis: Alignment, Tree Building, and Tree Evaluation,Tree - Building
Methods-Distance based and character-based methods, Evaluating Trees and Data- Bootstrapping(parametricandnon-
parametric),Phylogeneticsoftwares(CLUSTAL-omega,PHYLIPetc),
Module-5 (8 Hours)
INSILICO APPLICATIONS:
Detecting Functional Sites in the Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Genomes (promoters, transcription factor binding
sites,translation initiation sites), Integrated Gene Parsing, finding RNA Genes, Web based tools
(GENSCAN,GRAIL,GENEFINDER). Protein Identity based on composition, Physical
propertiesBasedonsequence,secondarystructureandfoldingclasses,tertiary structure. protein fold prediction
tools,Relatedweb-basedsoftware(JPRED,NNPREDICT,SOPMA,DSSP,STRIDE).Restriction mapping, Utilities, DNA
strider, MacVector and OMIGA,Web based tools (MAP, REBASE); Primer design – need for tools, Primer design
programs and software(PRIME3).3D Structure Modeling indrugdiscovery,moleculardocking,quantitativestructure-
activityrelationship(QSAR),derivingthePharmacophoricPattern,ReceptorMapping,EstimatingBiologicalActivities,
Ligand-ReceptorInteractions:Dockingsoftwares(AUTODOCK,HEX), EnergyCalculations(no derivation).
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Detailthe basic concepts in Genomics, Proteomics and Bioinformatics.
 Demonstarte the applicationsof Genomics, Proteomics and Bioinformatics in biotechnology research.
 Applyvarious softwaretoolsused in Genomics, Proteomics and Bioinformatics for specific case studies.

50
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% ( 18
Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of
the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be proportionally
scaled down to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Genomics and Proteomics Principles, Technologies, and Applications. By Devarajan Thangadurai and Jeyabalan
Sangeetha. Apple Academic Press.2021.
 Concepts and Techniques in Genomics and Proteomics, by N Saraswathy, P Ramalingam.. Woodhead Publishing
Series in Biomedicine, 2011.
 Introduction to Proteomics by D.C Liebler; Humana Press, 2002.
 Introduction to Genomics Arthur M Lesk, Oxford University Press, 2007
 Discovering Genomics, Proteomics & Bioinformatics,by A M Campbell & L J Heyer,Pearson Education, 2007
 Proteins and Proteomics by Richard J Simpson, IK International, 2003.
 Genomics & Proteomics by Sabesan Ane Books, 2007.
 Purifying Proteins for Proteomics by Richard J Simpson IK International, 2004.
 BIOINFORMATICS by Andreas D Baxevanis. Wiley Interscience. 2020.
 BIOINFORMATICS: by David W Mount, cold spring harbor. 8. Introduction to Bioinformatics by Arthur Lesk, III
edition, Oxford Publications. 2004,
 Structural Bioinformatics by Philip E Bourne, John Wiley & Sons. 2009.
 Fundamental Concepts of Bioinformatics by D E Krane & M L Raymer, Pearson, 2002.
 Introduction to Bioinormatics by Arthur Lesk, Oxford University Press, 2014.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=bioinformatics
 https://www.edx.org/learn/bioinformatics
 https://bioinfotraining.bio.cam.ac.uk/

51
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_bt25/preview
 https://pll.harvard.edu/course/introduction-proteomics?delta=0
 https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=genomics
 https://www.classcentral.com/subject/genomics
 https://online.stanford.edu/programs/genetics-and-genomics-program
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● NGS and Microarray data Analysis
● Proteomic data network analysis.
● AV presentation by students (on specific topics).
● Discussion of case studies based on research findings.
● Model making and Poster presentations.

52
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

BIOINFORMATICS LAB
Course Code 21BTL55 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Credits 01 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 ToLearn the usage of onlineresources,databasesand tools relatedtobiologicaldata.
 ToLearntheunderlyingconceptsof Bioinformatics and their diverse applications.
 ToLearntheutilities of variouscomputational toolsfor specific biological probems.
Sl.NO Experiments
1 Pairwisecomparisonofsequences–Analysisofparametersaffectingalignment
2 Multiplealignmentsof sequencesandpatterndeterminationusingPROSITE
3 Evolutionarystudies/ Phylogeneticanalysis–Analysisofparametersaffectingtrees
4 Identificationof functionalsitesinGenes/ Genomes
5 Secondarystructure and Tertiary structure prediction of proteinsandnucleicacids(DNA/RNA)
6 Studyof posttranslationalmodificationsusingrelevanttools
7 Restrictionmapping:Analysisofmapsforsuitablemolecularbiologyexperiment
8 PrimerDesign:Factorsaffectingprimerdesign.
9 ComparativeModellingof homologoussequencesandvalidationof modelledstructures
10 Determinationofligand-proteininteractionsusingSPDBV/LIGPLOT
11 Dockingstudies– Analysisof substrate/ ligandbindingusinghomologousstructures
12 Derivationofpharmacophorepatternsforselectiveligands
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Comprehendtheunderlyingconceptsof Bioinformatics and their requirements.
 Detailtheutilities of relevantonlineresources,databasesandsoftwaretools for case-specific problems.
 Applyvarious software tools for diverse case-studies and analyse the results for optimized solutions.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each course. The student has to secure not less than 35% (18
Marks out of 50) in the semester-end examination(SEE).
Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):
CIE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.
The split-up of CIE marks for record/ journal and test are in the ratio 60:40.
● Each experiment to be evaluated for conduction with observation sheet and record write-up. Rubrics for the
evaluation of the journal/write-up for hardware/software experiments designed by the faculty who is handling the
laboratory session and is made known to students at the beginning of the practical session.
● Record should contain all the specified experiments in the syllabus and each experiment write-up will be evaluated
for 10 marks.
● Total marks scored by the students are scaled downed to 30 marks (60% of maximum marks).
● Weightage to be given for neatness and submission of record/write-up on time.
● Department shall conduct 02 tests for 100 marks, the first test shall be conducted after the 8th week of the semester
and the second test shall be conducted after the 14th week of the semester.
● In each test, test write-up, conduction of experiment, acceptable result, and procedural knowledge will carry a
weightage of 60% and the rest 40% for viva-voce.
● The suitable rubrics can be designed to evaluate each student’s performance and learning ability. Rubrics suggested
in Annexure-II of Regulation book
● The average of 02 tests is scaled down to 20 marks (40% of the maximum marks).
The Sum of scaled-down marks scored in the report write-up/journal and average marks of two tests is the total CIE marks
scored by the student.
Semester End Evaluation (SEE):
SEE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.

53
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

SEE shall be conducted jointly by the two examiners of the same institute, examiners are appointed by the University
● All laboratory experiments are to be included for practical examination.
● (Rubrics) Breakup of marks and the instructions printed on the cover page of the answer script to be strictly adhered
to by the examiners. OR based on the course requirement evaluation rubrics shall be decided jointly by examiners.
● Students can pick one question (experiment) from the questions lot prepared by the internal /external examiners jointly.
● Evaluation of test write-up/ conduction procedure and result/viva will be conducted jointly by examiners.
● General rubrics suggested for SEE are mentioned here, writeup-20%, Conduction procedure and result in -60%, Viva-
voce 20% of maximum marks. SEE for practical shall be evaluated for 100 marks and scored marks shall be scaled
down to 50 marks (however, based on course type, rubrics shall be decided by the examiners)
● Change of experiment is allowed only once and 15% Marks allotted to the procedure part to be made zero.
The duration of SEE is 03 hours
Rubrics suggested in Annexure-II of Regulation book
Suggested Learning Resources:
● BIOINFORMATICS by Andreas D Baxevanis. Wiley Interscience. 2020.
● BIOINFORMATICS: by David W Mount, cold spring harbor. 8. Introduction to Bioinformatics by Arthur Lesk,
III edition, Oxford Publications. 2004,
● Structural Bioinformatics by Philip E Bourne, John Wiley & Sons. 2009.
● Fundamental Concepts of Bioinformatics by D E Krane & M L Raymer, Pearson, 2002.
● Introduction to Bioinormatics by Arthur Lesk, Oxford University Press, 2014.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
● https://www.udemy.com/course/learn-bioinformatics-in-6-days/
● https://omicstutorials.com/introduction-to-bioinformatics-sequencing-resource-video-tutorial/
● https://cshl.libguides.com/c.php?g=746451&p=5434221
● https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OOmmXrkFFDg
● https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=arpLDElBjsM
● VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource

54
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

ABILITY ENHANCEMENT COURSE - V

BIOINNOVATION AND START-UPS

Course Code 21BT581 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 15 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 01
Course objectives:
 To understand the fundamentals ofbioinnovation and entrepreneurship.
 To learn about the start-up schemes and project management.
 To learn about innovative programmes of Indian Government.
 To understand the aspects related to bioethics, biosafety and IPR.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (3 Hours)
BIO-INNOVATION AND REGULATORY AFFAIRS:
Definition and importance of bio-innovation; Concept of Entrepreneur and Entrepreneurship; Stages in entrepreneurial
process; Role of entrepreneurs as innovators in economic development- Case studies; Bio-innovation to bio-business-
case studies from Indian context; Indian Company act for Bio business; Regulatory affairs and Regulatory bodies (FDA,
DSIR, AYUSH, FSSAI)
Module-2 (3 Hours)
IPR AND BIO-INNOVATION:
Significance and types of IPR in bio-innovation; Significance of patent; Patent expiry; Public education in biotechnology
for informed decision-making; Ethical concerns of biotechnology research and innovation; Biosafety management;
Cartagena protocol on biosafety; Biosafety concerns at the level of individuals, institutions, society, region, country and
the world; Technology management- principles of technology leasing, licensing and transfer.

Module-3 (3 Hours)
MAKE-IN-INDIA AND DIGITAL INDIA:
Economic and Social Significance ofMake-in-India and Digital India programmes; Various focus Sectors of Make-in-
India programme; Atmanirbhar Bharat Abhiyaan- significance, five pillars and stimulus packages towards economic
growth.
Module-4 (3 Hours)
START-UP SCHEMES AND FUNDING AGENCIES:
Start-up schemes in Indian government; Business incubation support schemes; Successful start-ups - case study from India
and Karnataka; Biotech partners-BiSEP, BIRAC, DBT, Incubation centres; Operational biotech parks in India; Role and
importance of funding agencies.
Module-5 (3 Hours)
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND BUSINESS PLAN:
Project and project management; Steps of project-Project Identification; Project Selection; Project Formulation and Project
Appraisal; Project Report- Need and significance; contents; Errors of project report; Writing effective business plan;
Feasibility study- Market, Social, Financial and Technical.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Apply the principles of bio-innovation, bioethics, biosafety and IPR in the entrepreneurial journey.
 Utilize the knowledge of start-up schemes and innovative government programmes to draft project proposal to
funding agencies.
 Assess a project activity with a work plan, budget and schedule, along with its feasibility.

55
 BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Assessment Details fboth CIE and SEE)

Methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Tests, MCQ, Quizzes, Seminar or micro project/Course
Project, Term'Paper)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The student has to obtain a minimum of 35% of maximum marks in SEE and a minimum of 40% of maximum marks in
CIE. Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 50 marks (One hour duration).
Based on this grading will be awarded.
The student has to score a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE [Continuous Internal
Evaluation] and SEE [Semester End Examination] taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of tlie 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
(All tests are similar to the SEE pattern i.e question paper pattern is MCQ)
Two assignments each of 10 Marks.
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Report writing /Group discussion/Seminar any one of three suitably planned to attain the C0s and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 0l hour) at the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks.
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom's taxonomy as per the outcome defined
for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for subject
SEE paperwill be set for 50 questions of each of 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is MCQ.
The time allotted for SEE is 0l hour.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 EntrepreneurshipDevelopment by S.S.Khanka S.Chand &Co, 2006.
 PracticalApproachtoIPR by Rachana SinghPuri, IKIntl. Ltd. 2009.
 Bioethics&Biosafety by RRallapalli &GeethaBali, APHPublication, 2007.
 Bioethics&Biosaftey by SateeshM K, IKPublishers, 2008.
 Intellectual PropertyRightsinthe WTOand developingcountry, by WatalJayashree, OxfordUniversityPress 2001.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=regulatory%20affairs
 https://www.ilearngira.com/courses/free-regulatory-affairs-e-learning/
 https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=startup
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
 https://www.digitalindia.gov.in/
 https://www.makeinindia.com/
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● Group discussions, debates and seminars on case studies.
● AV presentation by students (on topics as per choice of the teacher).
● Online tools for surprise quizzes.
● Collection of case studies based on research findings.
● Poster presentations on specific case studies.

56
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

EXTRACTION METHODS AND HERBAL PRODUCTS

Course Code 21BT582 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 15 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 01
Course objectives:
 To Understand the various extraction processes.
 To Understand classification and isolation of phytoconstituents.
 To Understand the aspects of quality control related to herbal extracts/products.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (3 Hours)
HISTORY HERBAL DRUGS :
Definition, history, scope and development of herbal drugs, Sources of Drugs – Plants, Animals, Marine & Tissue culture
Organized drugs, unorganized drugs (dried latex, dried juices, dried extracts, gums and mucilages, oleoresins and oleo- gum
-resins).
Module-2 (3 Hours)
EXTRACTION METHODS:
Introduction, Importance of herbs, Extractions- Maceration, Infusion, Digestion, Decoction, Percolation, Soxhlet
extraction, Microwave-assisted extraction, Ultrasound-assisted extraction, super critical fluid extraction.Extraction of
essential oils.
Module-3 (3 Hours)
EXTRACTION METHODS FOR SPECIFIC PHYTOCHEMICALS:
Methods of extraction for extracting specific phytoconstituent such as, alkaloids, carotenoids, fixed oils, fats, waxes,
glycosides, phenolic compounds, proteins, polysaccharides.

Module-4 (3 Hours)
FACTORS AFFECTING EXTRACTION FROM HERBS:
Types of Extracts - aqueous extracts (Decoction, Infusion, Digestion, Tinctures, Liquid extracts, Soft extracts, Dry extracts)
Raw Materials – particle size, shape and porosity of solid samples, size reduction procedure, storage, Choice of Solvent
several aspects for selecting solvents such as solvent power (selectivity), boiling temperature, reactivity, viscosity, safety,
cost, vapor pressure, and recovery.
Module-5 (3 Hours)
QUALITY CONTROL OF EXTRACTED PRODUCTS:
Introduction, Quality Control of Medicinal Plants and their Products , Biological and Chemical Standardization of Drugs-
Chemical Standardization and Markers, Analytical Techniques for Quantifying a Marker, Validation of Analytical
Procedures, HPLC and HPTLC in quality control of herbal product evaluation (with a case study).
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Demonstrate the utilization of herbs as medicine for specific ailments.
 Extract and isolate the therapeutically active constituents from herbs.
 Apply the conventional methods for assessing the quality of herbal extracts/products with established authentic
standards.

57
 BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Assessment Details fboth CIE and SEE)

Methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Tests, MCQ, Quizzes, Seminar or micro project/Course
Project, Term'Paper)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The student has to obtain a minimum of 35% of maximum marks in SEE and a minimum of 40% of maximum marks in
CIE. Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 50 marks (One hour duration).
Based on this grading will be awarded.
The student has to score a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE [Continuous Internal
Evaluation] and SEE [Semester End Examination] taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of tlie 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
(All tests are similar to the SEE pattern i.e question paper pattern is MCQ)
Two assignments each of 10 Marks.
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Report writing /Group discussion/Seminar any one of three suitably planned to attain the C0s and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 0l hour) at the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks.
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom's taxonomy as per the outcome defined
for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for subject
SEE paperwill be set for 50 questions of each of 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is MCQ.
The time allotted for SEE is 0l hour.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Phytochemical Methods : A Guide To Modern Techniques Of Plant Analysis, Harborne J.B. Chapman and Hall
Press, 1998.
 Extraction technologies for medicinal and aromatic plants, by Suckdev Swami Handa, Suman Preet Singh
Khanuja, Gennaro Longo, and Dev Dutt Rakesh. United Nations Industrial Development Organization.UNIDO
Publications.2008.
 Quality Control Methods For Medicinal Plant Materials, World Health Organization. 1998.
 Textbook Of Pharmacognosy And Phytochemistry, Edwin And Edwin, CBS Publication, 2010.
 Textbook Of Pharmacognosy And Phytochemistry, Jarald E.E., CBS Publisher, 2018.
 Natural Products Chemistry Paperback by J. Singh , Ali, Jaya Singh, Pragati Prakashan, 2010.
 Plant Drug Analysis by Wagner, Springer Verlag Publication, 2009.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
 https://www.udemy.com/course/how-to-create-herbal-extracts-tinctures-salves-and-more/
 https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=herbal%20medicine
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OhItAlUzwUY
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-mYTaUJtle0
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sIlGJz1wdPk
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sIlGJz1wdPk
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=95vx4RRZlmE
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Demonstration of types of herbal extracts from different parts of the plants
 Demonstration of various extraction methods.
 Demonstration of HPLC and GCMS for quality assurance of herbal extracts/products

58
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

MODELING AND SIMULATIONS IN BIOLOGY

Course Code 21BT583 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 15 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 01
Course objectives:
 To Understand the basics of modelling and simualtions for specific problems in Biology.
 To learn the three steps (i) formulate and construct a mathematical model (ii) mathematicallyanalyze and apply a
model, and (iii) interpret and evaluate the results in the context of the experimental knowledge.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (3 Hours)
MODELS OF SYSTEM:
Systems, models modelling, classification, constraint on model structure, misuses of model. Modelling process Qualitative
& Quantitative Model Formulation. Numerical Techniques. Parameter Estimation. Model Validation, Analysis. Uses of
modelling including examples for e.g. batch reactor models, pandemic models etc.
Module-2 (3 Hours)
STRUCTURE OF MODELS AND MODEL OBJECTIVES:
Simple algebraic model construction e.g microbial growth and decay kinetics in an activated sludge process, Variables and
parameters, Predictive study based on parameter changes. Applications: Photosynthesis & Plant Growth, Hormonal Control,
Population and Individual, Chemostat, Diseases.
Module-3 (3 Hours)
MODELING MOLECULAR PROCESSES IN CELL :
Modeling MolecularReceptor-Ligand Interactions, Modeling Enzymatic Processes, Modeling Transcription and Translation
processes Modeling of Biochemical Systems, Specific Biochemical Systems. Model Fitting. Analysis of High Throughput
Data. Gene Expression model. Stochastic Systems and variability. Optimality and Evolution Simulation.
Module-4 (3 Hours)
SIMULATION PERSPECTIVE:
Continuous, Discrete, Hybrid discrete/continuous. Numeric Consideration – Errors, Differential Equations and Integration,
Random Numbers. Algorithms – Monte Carlo Method, Metropolis Algorithm. Assumptions in biomolecular simulation.
Module-5 (3 Hours)
MOLECULAR DYNAMICS SIMULATION:
Idea of MD, structure of MD code (Initialization, force computation, numerical integration of Newton equation of
motion(verlet algorithm), constraints in MD (RATTLE, SHAKE)), MD program packages (CHARMM, NAMD, AMBER).
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Detailthe basic aspects of modelling and simualtions for specific problems in Biology.
 Apply the key steps of problem formulation, mathematical modeling, simulation for specif case suidies.
 Deduce the inferences from these theoretical studies and compare them with experimental results.

59
 BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Assessment Details fboth CIE and SEE)

Methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Tests, MCQ, Quizzes, Seminar or micro project/Course
Project, Term'Paper)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The student has to obtain a minimum of 35% of maximum marks in SEE and a minimum of 40% of maximum marks in
CIE. Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 50 marks (One hour duration).
Based on this grading will be awarded.
The student has to score a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE [Continuous Internal
Evaluation] and SEE [Semester End Examination] taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of tlie 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
(All tests are similar to the SEE pattern i.e question paper pattern is MCQ)
Two assignments each of 10 Marks.
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Report writing /Group discussion/Seminar any one of three suitably planned to attain the C0s and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 0l hour) at the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks.
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom's taxonomy as per the outcome defined for
the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for subject
SEE paperwill be set for 50 questions of each of 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is MCQ.
The time allotted for SEE is 0l hour.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Biological Modeling and Simulation. Russell Schwartz. MIT Press: Cambridge, MA, 2008.
 Computer Simulation in Biology: a BASIC introduction. Keen, R.E. and Spain, J.D Wiley-Liss. 1991.
 Modeling Biological Systems: Principles and Applications. Haefner, James W. Springer, 2005.
 Modeling and Computer Simulation, Dragan Cvetković, Immtech Open, 2019.
 Modeling Life The Mathematics of Biological Systems, Alan Garfinkel, Jane Shevtsov, Yina Guo Alan
Garfinkel, Jane Shevtsov, Yina Guo, 2017.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://www.ebi.ac.uk/training/search-results?query=molecular-
modelling&domain=ebiweb_training&page=1&facets=
 https://www.learntoupgrade.com/s/store/courses/description/Molecular-Modelling
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/104101095
 https://nanohub.org/resources/7570/share
 https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/3-320-atomistic-computer-modeling-of-materials-sma-5107-spring-
2005/resources/lecture-13-molecular-dynamics-i/
 https://www.coursera.org/lecture/dense-gases-liquids-solids/molecular-dynamics-h2Mtp
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/102103056
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 AV presentation by students (on specific topics)
 Online surprise quizzes
 Collection of case studies based on research findings

60
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

GOOD MANUFACTURING AND LABORATORY PRACTICES

Course Code 21BT584 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 15 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 01
Course objectives:
 To Understand the basics of GMP and GLP
 To deduce the importance of regulatory compliance in BT related industries
 To Understand the validation of processes and products in BT industries (via case studies)
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (3 Hours)
INTRODUCTION:
Meaning, History of GMP and GLP. Scope of coverage of GMP and GLP. Key areas: GMP- for production and process
focus, GLPs- for research and study focus. WHO guidelines.
Module-2 (3 Hours)
GOOD MANUFACTURING PRACTICE :
Compliance, cGMP (current GMP), its role for under manufacturing (conditions of lighting, hygiene, storage, equipment
maintenance, and separation of substances to avoid contamination). Application of GMP for production and, ethical
dimension in manufacturing and control.

Module-3 (3 Hours)
GOOD LABORATORY PRACTICES:
Compliance. Purpose for safeguarding the data integrity. Key areas: monitoring (conditions, processes, documentation) and
archiving of studies performed in labs. Regulation for researching or marketing drugs for humans and animals, human
cells/tissues, food color additives, perfumes, medical devices, biologics, and pesticides.
Module-4 (3 Hours)
INTERNATIONAL COUNCIL ON HARMONISATION GUIDELINES (ICH):
Introduction, usage, National and international regulatory authorities and their function, Regulation of Clinical and
Preclinical Studies, Formulation Production Management.
Module-5 (3 Hours)
VALIDATION:
Need, scope, importance, limitations, types of validation (in Pharma and food industry), Validation of analytical
procedures, Cleaning and disinfection.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Apply principles of biology & basic management to comprehend the aspects of GLP, GMP & GCP
 Identify situations wherein deviations in regulatory compliance have occurred on the basis of case
examples/studies
 Corelate & distinguish between the compliance requirements for GLP,GMP & GCP in their respective contexts

61
 BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Assessment Details fboth CIE and SEE)

Methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Tests, MCQ, Quizzes, Seminar or micro project/Course
Project, Term'Paper)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The student has to obtain a minimum of 35% of maximum marks in SEE and a minimum of 40% of maximum marks in
CIE. Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 50 marks (One hour duration).
Based on this grading will be awarded.
The student has to score a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE [Continuous Internal
Evaluation] and SEE [Semester End Examination] taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of tlie 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
(All tests are similar to the SEE pattern i.e question paper pattern is MCQ)
Two assignments each of 10 Marks.
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Report writing /Group discussion/Seminar any one of three suitably planned to attain the C0s and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 0l hour) at the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks.
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom's taxonomy as per the outcome defined
for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for subject
SEE paperwill be set for 50 questions of each of 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is MCQ.
The time allotted for SEE is 0l hour.
Suggested Learning Resources:
 cGMP starter guide: Principles in Good Manufacturing Practices for Beginners, Emmet P. Tobin, Createspace
Independent Publishing Platform, April 2016.
 Good Manufacturing Practices for Pharmaceuticals: GMP in Practice, B Cooper, Createspace Independent Publishing
Platform, July 2017
 Drug regulatory affairs, CBS publication, Gajendra Singh, Gaurav Agarwal and Vipul Gupta, 2005.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://www.pharmalessons.com/free-courses/gmptraining/
 https://www.onlinegmptraining.com/
 https://www.udemy.com/course/basic-good-manufacturing-practices-gmp/
 http://82.118.225.37/~borislav/crotraining/free-training/free-good-manufacturing-practices-gmp-training/
 ICH guidelines available in the official website “https://www.ich.org”.
 Design of experiments (DoE) in pharmaceutical development, N Politis S, Colombo P, Colombo G, M RekkasD.,
Drug Dev Ind Pharm. 2017 Jun;43(6):889-901
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Industrial visit with assessment
 AV presentation by students (on topics as per choice of the teacher)
 Online tools for surprise quizzes
 Collection of case studies based on research findings
 Model making and Poster presentations on specific case studies.

62
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

VISVESVARAYA TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI

B.E. in BIOTECHNOLOGY
Scheme of Teaching and Examinations 2021
Outcome-BasedEducation (OBE) and Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)
VI SEMESTER
BIOBUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Course Code 21BT61 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 Tomake the students learnabouttheprinciples of Biobusinessmanagement.
 To enable the students understand the concepts of IPR, Bioethics, Biosafety and Regulations.
 Tomotivate the studentsexplorevarious entrepreneurial opportunities.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective and
questioning /inquiry based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (8 Hours)
BIOENTERPREUNERSHIP:
Introductiontobio-business,fromtheIndiancontext,SWOTanalysisofbio-
business.Ownership,DevelopmentofEntrepreneurship;Stagesinentrepreneurialprocess;RoleofentrepreneursinEconomicDe
velopment; Entrepreneurship in India; Entrepreneurship, its barriers. Small scale industries:
Definition;Characteristics;Needandrationale;Objectives;Scope;MarketFeasibilityStudy;TechnicalFeasibilityStudy;
Financial FeasibilityStudy&Social FeasibilityStudy.Globalbiobusiness andindustryfuturetrends.
Module-2 (8 Hours)
ENTREPRENEURSHIPOPPORTUNITYINAGRIBIOTECHNOLOGY:
Business opportunity, Essential requirement, marketing, strategies, schemes, challenges and scope-with
casestudyonPlantcellandtissueculturetechnique,polyhouseculture.Herbalbulkdrugproduction,Nutraceuticals,valueadded
herbalproducts.Bioethanolproductionusing Agriwaste,Algalsource.Integration
ofsystembiologyforagriculturalapplications.BiosensordevelopmentinAgrimanagement.

Module-3 (8 Hours)
ENTREPRENEURSHIPOPPORTUNITYININDUSTRIALBIOTECHNOLOGY:
Business opportunity, Essentialrequirement,marketingstrategies,schemes,challengesandscope-withcasestudy-
PollutionmonitoringandBioremediationforIndustrialpollutants,Pesticides,Herbicidesetc.Integratedcompostproduction-
microbe enriched compost.Bio pesticide/insecticide production. Fermented products-probiotic
andprebiotics.Stemcellproduction,stemcellbank,contractresearch.Productionofmonoclonal/polyclonal
antibodies,Singlecellproteinandsecondarymetaboliteproduction.Contactresearchinmicrobialgenomics.
Module-4 (8 Hours)
PROJECT MANAGEMENT, IPR AND STARTUP SCHEMES:
Building Biotech business challenges in Indian context-biotech partners (BICEPS, BIRAC,DBT,
Incubationcenters.Etc.,),operationalbiotechparksinIndia.IndianCompanyactforBiobusiness-schemesandsubsidies.
MeaningofProject;ProjectIdentification;ProjectSelection;ProjectReport;NeedandSignificance of Report; Contents;
Formulation; Guidelines by Planning Commission for Project report;Network Analysis; Errors of Project Report; Project
Appraisal. Identification of business opportunities:Market Feasibility Study; TechnicalFeasibility Study;Financial
Feasibility Study & Social FeasibilityStudy. Patentexpiry and Entrepreneurshipopportunity,Principlesof Technology
leasing,licensing andtransfer,StartupschemesinIndiangovernment,Businessincubationsupportschemes,Successfulstart-ups-
casestudy.

63
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Module-5 (8 Hours)
REGULATORY AFFAIRS, BIOETHICS & BIO-SAFETY:
Regulatory affairs in Bio business-regulatory bodies and their regulations (ex.FDA, EU, DSIR, AYUSH, FSSAI etc.,)
Public education of the process of biotechnology involved in generating new forms of life for informed decision-making.
Ethical concerns of biotechnology research and innovation-Interference with nature fear of unknown, unequal distribution
of risks. Rational vs. subjective perceptions of risks and benefits, relationship between risk, hazard, exposure and
safeguards. Biosafety concerns at the level of individuals, institutions, society, region, country and the world. The
Cartagena protocol on biosafety. Biosafety management.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Understand the importance of Bio-business and Entrepreneurial opportunities.
 Knowtheimportance ofbioethics,biosafetyand IPR in Bubusiness.
 Planaproject with aworkplan, budget andschedule.
 Exploit the opportunities under start-up schemes.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic
requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out
of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be proportionally
scaled down to 50 marks
There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 PrinciplesofManagement by P.C.Tripathi, P.N.Reddy. TataMcGrawHill FifthEdition,2012.
 EntrepreneurshipDevelopment by S.S.Khanka. S.Chand &Co Publishing, 2006.
 PracticalApproachtoIPR by Rachana SinghPuri, IKIntl. Ltd. 2009.
 Bioethics & Biosafety by R Rallapalli & Geetha Bali. APH Publication, 2007.
 Bioethics&Biosaftey by SateeshM K, IKPublishers, 2008.
 Management Fundamentals -Concepts,Application,Skill Development by RobersLusier Cengage Learning, 1996.
 Intellectual PropertyRightsinthe WTOand developingcountry by WatalJayashree, OxfordUniversityPress,2001.

64
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://www.futurelearn.com/subjects/science-engineering-and-maths-courses/biology-and-biotechnology
 https://www.edx.org/course/the-science-and-business-of-biotechnology
 https://www.edx.org/learn/biotechnology
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● AV presentation by students (on topics as per choice of the teacher)
● Online tools for surprise quizzes
● Collection of case studies based on research findings
● Model making and Poster presentations on specific case studies.

BIOPROCESS PRINCIPLES, CONTROL & AUTOMATION + LAB

Course Code 21BT62 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 50 Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 ToUnderstandthebasicsof processdynamics,principlesandinstrumentation.
 ToStudyvarioustypesofinput functionsandits response.
 ToStudythe differenttypesofcontrollers and their design stability aspects.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective and
questioning /inquiry-based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (10 Hours)
INSTRUMENTATION:
Instrumentation-principles,Introductiontoflow,pressure,temperatureandliquidlevelmeasurements,measurement of
important physico-chemical and biochemical parameters, methods of on-line and off-linebiomassestimation,flow
injectionanalysisformeasurementofsubstrates,productsandothermetabolites.On-linedataanalysisforstateandparameter
estimationtechniquesforbiochemicalprocesses.
LAB EXERCISES:
❖ Characteristics of Transducers (Flow)
❖ Characteristics of Transducers (Pressure and Temperature)
Module-2 (10 Hours)
FIRSTORDERSYSTEMS:
Process characteristics, Laplace and inverse laplace transforms, first order systems – examples, mercury in glass
thermometer,liquid level system, Mixing process (without reaction), CSTR with first order reaction, response of first order
system for Step, Impulse, Linear and Sinusoidal changes in input. Conceptual numericals.
LAB EXERCISES:
❖ Dynamics of First order system (mercury thermometer) for step input and pulse input
❖ Dynamics of First order system (Single tank System) for step input and pulse input
Module-3 (10 Hours)
SECONDORDERSYSTEMS
Series of first order system: - Interactingandnon-interactingsystemsandtheirdynamicresponsetostep,inputs;conceptual
numerical.
Secondordersystemswithtransferfunctions(spring-damper,controlvalve,U-tubemanometer),responseof
secondordersystemtostep,impulse–Over-damped, Under-damped, Un-dampedandCriticallydamped for second
ordersystem, Various terms used to describe under-damped system, Transportationlag.
LAB EXERCISES:

65
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

❖ Interacting System responses to step input and pulse input

❖ Non-interacting system responses to step input and pulse input
Module-4 (10 Hours)
CONTROLLERSANDFINALCONTROLELEMENTS
Actuators, Positioners, Valve body, Valve plugs, Characteristics of final control elements (Transfer function for control
valve), controllers – twoposition control, proportional control, derivative control, integral control, P-I (proportional-
integral) control, P-D(proportional-derivative)control,P-I-D(proportional-integral-derivative)control,Blockdiagrams rules
and deduction, servo andregulatoryproblems,conceptualnumericals.
LAB EXERCISES:
❖ Temperature controller – responses to set point / load change
❖ Pressure controller – responses to set point / load change
❖ Effect of agitation on DO and OD
Module-5 (10 Hours)
CONTROLLER DESIGN AND STABILITY:
Criteria for stability, Routh test; Root locus (basics), Introduction to frequency response, Qualitative discussion about Bode
criteria and Nyquist criteria of stability; Conceptual numerical.
LAB EXERCISES
❖ pH controller – responses to set point / load change
❖ Flow controller – responses to set point / load change
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Elaboratethebasicsofprocessprinciples, dynamics,andinstrumentation.
 Apply varioustypesof input functionsandstudy itsresponse.
 Performstudies ondifferenttypesof controllers for their design and stability aspects
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% (18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
CIE for the theory component of IPCC
Two Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Scaled-down marks of two tests and two assignments added will be CIE marks for the theory component
of IPCC for 30 marks.

CIE for the practical component of IPCC

 On completion of every experiment/program in the laboratory, the students shall be evaluated

and marks shall be awarded on the same day. The15 marks are for conducting the experiment
and preparation of the laboratory record, the other 05 marks shall be for the test conducted at
the end of the semester.
 The CIE marks awarded in the case of the Practical component shall be based on the continuous
evaluation of the laboratory report. Each experiment report can be evaluated for 10 marks. Marks
of all experiments’ write-ups are added and scaled down to 15 marks.

 The laboratory test (duration 02/03 hours) at the end of the 15th week of the semester /after

66
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

completion of all the experiments (whichever is early) shall be conducted for 50 marks and scaled
down to 05 marks.
Scaled-down marks of write-up evaluations and tests added will be CIE marks for the laboratory
component of IPCC for 20 marks.
.
SEE for IPCC
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the course (duration 03 hours)
16. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scorded shall be
proportionally scaled down to 50 Marks
17. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
18. The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

The theory portion of the IPCC shall be for both CIE and SEE, whereas the practical portion will
have a CIE component only. Questions mentioned in the SEE paper shall include questions from
the practical component).
 The minimum marks to be secured in CIE to appear for SEE shall be the 12 (40% of maximum
marks-30) in the theory component and 08 (40% of maximum marks -20) in the practical
component. The laboratory component of the IPCC shall be for CIE only. However, in SEE, the
questions from the laboratory component shall be included. The maximum of 04/05 questions to
be set from the practical component of IPCC, the total marks of all questions should not be more
than the 20 marks.
SEE will be conducted for 100 marks and students shall secure 35% of the maximum marks to qualify in
the SEE. Marks secured will be scaled down to 50.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 ProcessSystemanalysisandControl byDonaldRCoughanowr,McGraw-Hill,2013.
 ChemicalProcessControl byGeorgeStephanopoulos,Prentice-HallofIndia,1982.
 BioprocessEngineeringPrinciples byPaulineM.Doran, AcademicPress,2011.
 BiochemicalEngineeringFundamentals byBaileyand Ollis, McgrawHill,2ndEdition,2001.
 Essentialsof ProcessControl byLuybenandLuyben, McGraw-HillEducation,2005.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://www.btec.ncsu.edu/industry/short_courses/fundamentals.php
 https://www.cytivalifesciences.com/en/us/solutions/bioprocessing/services/training-and-education
 https://educolifesciences.com/upstream-bioprocess-training/
 https://www.coursera.org/lecture/industrial-biotech/microbial-fermentation-processes-and-bioreactor-design-
35cbb\VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● AV presentation by students (on topics as per choice of the teacher)
● Online tools for surprise quizzes
● Collection of case studies based on research findings
● Model making and Poster presentations on specific case studies.

67
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

ENZYME TECHNOLOGY
Course Code 21BT63 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 Tounderstandtheclassification, catalytic actions and diverse applications of enzymes.
 Tounderstandthetechniques and protocols related to purification, activity, immobilization and engineering
ofenzymes.
 To understand the kineticsofenzyme catalyzed reactions.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions,
reflective and questioning /inquiry-based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (8 Hours)
INTRODUCTION:
Introduction to enzymes, Classification, Sources, Strategies of purification of enzymes, molecular
weightdetermination,Mechanismofenzymecatalysis(Acid-
base,Covalent,Metalioncatalysis,Substratestrain&entropyeffects),criteriaofpurityandcharacterizationofenzymes.Ad
vantagesofBiocatalystvsChemicalcatalysts,IsolatedEnzymesversuswholecellsystems,Applicationofenzymesindiffer
ent industry.
Module-2 (8 Hours)
ENZYMEASSAY ANDCO-ENZYMES:
Enzyme and isoenzyme measurement methods with two examples (fixed incubation and kinetic methods);Enzymes
in immunoassay techniques, Methods for investigating the kinetics of Enzyme catalyzed reactions:
Initialvelocitystudies (MM and LB plots),rapid-
reactiontechniques.Standardizationandoptimizationmethods,stabilityof enzymes (pH,
Temperature).Mechanismofaction of coenzymes(NAD/NADP,FAD/FADH2,PLP,CoenzymeA,TPP,Biotin).
Allosteric Enzymes.
Module-3 (8 Hours)
ENZYMATICTECHNIQUES:
Techniques of enzyme immobilization; kinetics of immobilized enzymes, effect of solute, partition
&diffusiononthekineticsofimmobilizedenzymes,designandconfigurationofimmobilizedenzymereactors;applications
ofimmobilizedenzymetechnology,Economicargumentforimmobilization.Biocatalystsfromextremophiles
microorganisms(extremozymes) and their applications.
Module-4 (8 Hours)
ENZYMEENGINEERING:
The design and construction of novel enzymes, artificial enzymes, Host Guest Complexation chemistry andenzyme
design using steroid templates. Activators and Inhibitors, In vitro Biotransformation of drugs (hydroxylation of
Steroids),Therapeuticenzymes -
Acetylcholinesteraseandpseudocholinesterase,Angiotensinconvertingenzyme(ACE)andInhibitors,HMGCoAreducta
seinhibitors,glucose-6-phosphatedehydrogenase(GPD), Immuno-reactive trypsinogen(IRT)andamylaseisoenzymes.
Module-5 (8 Hours)
APPLICATIONS:
Importanceofenzymesindiagnostics,EnzymepatternindiseaseslikeMyocardialinfarctions(SGOT,SGPT& LDH).
Isoenzymes (CK, LD, ALP). Use of isozymes as markers in cancer and other diseases. Enzymes
usedindetergents,useofproteasesinfood,leatherandwoolindustries;methodsinvolvedinproductionofglucose syrup
from starch (using starch hydrolyzing enzymes), production of maltose and sucrose, glucose
fromcellulose,usesoflactaseindairyindustry, glucoseoxidaseand catalase infood industry;
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:

68
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

 Describe theclassification, catalytic actions and divese applications of enzymes.

 Applythe techaniques and protocols realted to purification, activity, immobilization and engineering
ofenzymes.
 Elaborate about the kineticsofenzyme catalyzed reactions.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not
less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the
subject (duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be scaled
down to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3
sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 EnzymeTechnology byMartin Chaplinand ChristopherBucke,CambridgeUniversityPress,1990.
 Enzymes byDixon and Webb, AcademicPress2nd Edition,1964.
 Principles of Enzymology fortechnologicalApplications byButterworthHeinemann.Oxford
UniversityPress,1993.
 PurifyingProteinsforProteomics byRichardJ Simpson, IKInternational, 2003.
 FundamentsofEnzymology by Pricesand Stevens. OxfordPress. ThirdEdition, 1999.
 Enzymesin Industry:Production andApplications by W.Gerhartz. Wiley-VCHPublishers 3rdEdition, 2007.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-enzymology-19860
 https://www.udemy.com/course/enzymology/
 https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec20_bt20/preview
 https://www.coursera.org/lecture/industrial-biotech/engineering-enzymes-i-directed-evolution-b8hmZ
 https://stores.biotecnika.org/products/enzymology-certification-courseVTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL
/ MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● AV presentation by students (on topics as per choice of the teacher)

69
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

● Collection of case studies based on research findings

● Model making and Poster presentations on specific case studies.
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE COURSE - I

HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY

Course Code 21BT641 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To understand the fundamentals of Anatomy & Physiology.
 To provide an in-depth instruction in the organization, structures, and functions of the human body.
 To learn about the pathology of each body system and how they interrelate to maintain homeostasis.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry-based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (8 Hours)
INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN BODY:
Definition and scope of anatomy and physiology, levels of structural organization and body systems, basic life processes,
homeostasis, basic anatomical terminology.
Skeletal system: Divisions of skeletal system, types of bone, salient features and functions of bones of axial and
appendicular skeletal system Organization of skeletal muscle.
Lymphatic system: Lymphatic organs and tissues, lymphatic vessels, lymph circulation and functions of lymphatic system
Peripheral nervous system: Classification of peripheral nervous system: Structure and functions of sympathetic and
parasympathetic nervous system. Origin and functions of spinal and cranial nerves.
Special senses: Structure and functions of eye, ear, nose and tongue and their disorders.
Module-2 (8 Hours)
TISSUES, SKELETAL & MUSCULAR SYSTEM:
Epithelial tissue, Connective tissues (Blood, Bones, cartilages), Muscular tissues, Nervous tissue, Cartilage and bone;
Comparison between cartilage and bone; Functions of skeletal system; Joints; Muscles of limb movement. Principal types
of muscles; General properties of muscles; Mechanism of muscle contraction and relaxation, Red and white muscle fibers.
Module-3 (8 Hours)
DIGESTIVE SYSTEM:
Overview of digestive system, functional anatomy of digestive system: mouth, pharynx, oesophagus, the stomach the small
and large intestine. Digestive glands, Enzymes; Physiology of Digestion and Absorption.
EXCRETORY SYSTEM: Methods of excretion; Physiological processes involved in excretion; Kidneys; Anatomy
andphysiology, Nephron and its structure. Functions of nephron; Nephron physiology and mechanism of urine formation;
Regulation of urine formation; Osmoregulation by kidney.
Module-4 (8 Hours)
RESPIRATORY & CIRCULATORY SYSTEM:
Structure of respiratory organs; Mechanism of breathing; pulmonary air volumes, Gas exchange in the lungs. Kinds of
respiration; Transport of respiratory gases in the blood Structure, Composition and functions of blood. Blood Groups and
Rh factor. Blood clotting mechanism, Basic anatomy of the heart, Physiology of heart, blood vessels and circulation. Basic
understanding of Cardiac cycle, electrocardiogram.Blood pressure and its regulation. Brief outline of cardiovascular
disorder like hypertension, hypotension, arteriosclerosis, angina, myocardial infarction, congestive heart failure and cardiac
arrhythmias.
Module-5 (8 Hours)
NERVOUS AND ENDOCRINE SYSTEM:
Role of nervous system; Types of neurons. Types of glial cells and its function. Main properties of nervous tissue Mode of
action of nerves; Conduction of nerve impulses; Central nervous system; The brain; The spinal cord; Peripheral nervous
70
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

system Endocrine systems of vertebrates; Pituitary gland; Thyroid gland; Parathyroid gland; Pancreas; Adrenal or
suprarenal glands; Sex glands; Gastrointestinal mucosa; Thymus gland; Pineal gland; Summary of different endocrine
glands; their hormones and influence; Summary of the effect of hyper secretion and hyposecretion of some important
endocrine glands.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Apply the basic knowledge of physiology as a process of various human anatonomical systems.
 Co-relate functioning of different tissue and organ systems in the context of health and disease.
 Analyze the interface between different organ systems essential for maintenance of health & well-being.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% ( 18
Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of
the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be proportionally
reduced to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Human Physiology by Stuart Fox, Krista Rompolski, McGraw-Hill eBook. 16th Edition, 2022.
 Ross and Wilson Anatomy and Physiology in Health and Illness byAnne Waugh, Allison Grant.Churchill
Livingstone 11th Edition, 2010.
 Fundamentals of Human Physiology by Lauralee Sherwood Brooks/Cole, Belmont 4thEdn, 2012.
 Anatomy and Physiology for nurses (including notes on their clinical application) by Evelyn Pearce.
JAYPEE Publishers,1993.
 Essentials of human physiology for pharmacy by Laurie Kelly Mccorry. CRC Press 2nd Edn, 2008.
 Concise Medical Physiology by Sujit K Chaudhari, New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd 5th Edn, 2003.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://www.udemy.com/course/anatomy-and-physiology-1-the-foundations/
 https://www.mindluster.com/certificate/123?
 https://www.edx.org/learn/human-anatomy

71
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

 https://oli.cmu.edu/courses/anatomy-physiology-i-ii-v2-academic/
 https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=anatomy
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● AV presentation by students (on topics as per choice of the teacher)
● Online tools for surprise quizzes
● Collection of case studies based on research findings
● Model making and Poster presentations on specific case studies.

BIOCHEMICAL THERMODYNAMICS AND BIOENERGETICS

Course Code 21BT642 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 Toknowthebasicconceptsof thermodynamicsinprocessindustry.
 Tounderstandthesignificanceof zeroth,I,II& IIIlawsof thermodynamics.
 To understandthe thermodynamic properties of fluids, their equationsofstate and applications.
 Torealizetheimportanceof Biochemical Energetics.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective and
questioning /inquiry-based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (8 Hours)
BASIC CONCEPTS & LAWS OF THERMODYNAMICS:
System,Surrounding&Processes,ClosedandOpensystems,StateProperties,Intensive&ExtensivePropertiesStateandPathfu
nctions,Equilibrium state, enthalpy, specific heat, ReversibleandIrreversibleprocesses.ZerothlawofThermodynamics,
General statement of First law of Thermodynamics, First law for Cyclic Process, Non- FlowProcess, Flow process, Heat
capacity. Heat reservoir and Heat engines. General statements of the second
law,Conceptofentropy,Carnotprinciple,Calculationofentropychanges,ThirdlawofThermodynamics.Numericals.
Module-2 (8 Hours)
PVTBEHAVIOURANDCOMPRESSIBILITYCHARTS:
PVT Behavior of pure fluids, equations of state & ideal gas law, Processes involving ideal gas law: Constantvolume,
constant pressure, constant temperature, adiabatic & polytrophic processes, Equations of state forreal gases: Vander Waals
equation, Redlich-Kwong equation, Peng-Robinson equation, virial
equation.Numericals.Principlesofcorrespondingstates,generalizedcompressibilitycharts,Heateffectsaccompanyingchemical
reactions,Standardheatofreaction,formation,combustion,Hess’slawofconstant
heatsummation,effectoftemperatureonstandardheat ofreaction.Numericals.
Module-3 (8 Hours)
PROPERTIESOFPUREFLUIDS:
Reference properties, energy properties, derived properties, work function, Helmholtz free energy, Gibbs freeenergy,
Relationships among thermodynamic Properties: Exact differential equations, fundamental propertyrelations, Maxwell's
equations, Clapeyron equations, modified equations for internal energy (U) &
enthalpy(H),EffectoftemperatureonU,H&Entropy(S).Gibbs-Helmholtzequation.ConceptofFugacity,Fugacity coefficient,
effect of temperature and pressure on fugacity, Determination of fugacity of pure gases, solids andliquids,Activity:Effectof
temperature andpressure onactivity. Numericals.
Module-4 (8 Hours)

72
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

PROPERTIESOFSOLUTIONS&PHASEEQUILIBRIA:
Partial molar properties of solution and its determination , chemical potential –effect of temperature andpressure, lewis –
randall rule, Raoults law for ideal solutions, fugacity in solutions, Henry's law and dilutesolutions, ideal behavior
ofrealsolutionsand Henry’slaw, Activity in solutions, Activity coefficients: effect of temperature and pressure, Gibbs -
Duhem equation, calculation of activity coefficients using Gibbs-Duhemequation. Numericals. Criteria of phase Equilibria,
criterion of stability, Duhem's theorem, Vapour-Liquid Equilibra in ideal andnon-Ideal solutions. Numericals.
Module-5 (8 Hours)
BIOCHEMICALENERGETICS:
Bioenergetics and Energy Flow, Coupled reactionsandenergy
richcompounds,ReactionStoichiometry,criteriaofbiochemicalreactionequilibrium,equilibriumconstantandstandardfreeener
gychange,effectoftemperature,pressureonequilibrium constants and other- factors affecting equilibrium conversion – Le –
chatelier’s principle, liquidphasereactions,heterogeneousbioreaction equilibria,phaseruleforreactingsystems,Liquid-
LiquidEquilibriumdiagrams. Numericals.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Describetheconceptsofsystem,surrounding,process,entropy and lawsof thermodynamics.
 ExplainthePVTbehaviourof purefluids&gasesand deriveequationsofstateforreal gases.
 Determinethepartial molarproperties andactivitycoefficientsofthesolution.
 Illustratethephaseruleforreactingsystemsandeffectof temperature,pressureonequilibrium constants
 Correlate these aspects to biochemical reactions and energetics.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% ( 18
Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of
the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be proportionally
reduced to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Introduction to ChemicalEngineeringthermodynamics byJ.M.Smith, H.C. Van Ness& M.M. Abbott. MGH
Publication, 6th Editon. 2003.

73
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

 BiochemicalCalculations by IrwinH.Segel. JohnWiley&Sons 2nd Edition.1976.

 EngineeringThermodynamics by RK Singal and Mridual Singal.IKIntl.2010.
 ChemicalEngineering Thermodynamics by Y.V.C. Rao, NewAgeInternational. 1997.
 ATextbookof Chemical EngineeringThermodynamics by K.V.Narayanan. PHI 1st Edition, 2001.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://www.classcentral.com/subject/thermodynamics
 https://learncheme.com/screencasts/kinetics-reactor-design/
 https://www.udemy.com/course/an-introduction-to-mechanical-engineering-thermodynamics/?
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● AV presentation by students (on topics as per choice of the teacher)
● Online tools for surprise quizzes
● Collection of case studies based on research findings
● Poster presentations on specific case studies.

BIOLOGICAL DATA MANAGEMENT AND ANALYSIS

Course Code 21BT643 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 Tounderstandthetypesofdatabasesandtheirdataformats.
 TostudytheimportanceofvariousOmicsexperiments,datagenerationtechniques,datamanagement strategies
andtheireffective utilization.
 Tocomprehendthenatureof ClinicalData,itsManagement andrelatedbasicoperations.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective and
questioning /inquiry-based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (8 Hours)
DATABASES:
Databases Overview: PubMed, GenBank, EMBL, DDBJ, SwissProt, Uniprot, TrEMBL, PDB, EST, SCOP,Pfam, SMART;
Interaction Databases, (BIND, STRING), Pathway Databases, (KEGG), Signal Transductiondatabase (STKE), Organism
Specific database (Yeast, OMIM, HGNC, Flybase, wormbase), Genome databases(GOLD),Pathogen database (PATRIC),
About the January Issue of Nucleic Acids Research journal and thecatalog of biological databases. Data Models: Relational,
Object Oriented. Hierarchical, Semi-structured,Unstructured(e.g.Text),Model ofQuerying: SQL,Information
Integration,DataMiningforvarious applications.
Module-2 (8 Hours)
MICROARRAY DATA ANALYSIS:
Why areMicroArray Important? What is a DNA MicroArray?, Designing a MicroArray Experiment-TheBasic steps,
Types of MicroArray. NCBI and MicroArray Data Management, GEO (Gene ExpressionOmnibus), MAML, The benefits
of GEO and MAML, The Promise of MicroArray Technology in
TreatingDisease.MicroArrayDataPreprocessing,Datanormalization,MeasuringDissimilarityofExpressionPattern-
Distance Motifs and Dissimilarity measures, Visualizing MicroArray Data. Principal ComponentAnalysis,MicroArray
Data. NCBI and MicroArray Data Management, GEO (Gene Expression
Omnibus),MAML,ThebenefitsofGEOandMAML,ThePromiseofMicroArrayTechnologyinTreatingDiseases.
DataMiningforspecificapplications.

74
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Module-3 (8 Hours)
NGS DATA ALAYSIS:
Importance of Omic Technologies, NGS data collection and Bioinformatics principles. Data standards for
omicdata:thebasisofdatasharingandreuse.Omicdatamanagementandannotation.Dataandknowledgemanagement in cross
omics research projects. Statistical analysis principles for omic data. Statistical methodsand models for bridging Omics data
levels. Analysis of time course omic datasets. The use and abuse of
Omes.ComputationalanalysisofHighThroughputSequencingDataAnalysisofSNPincasecontrolstudies.
BioinformaticsforRNomics.TheENCODEproject consortium.DataMiningforspecificapplications.
Module-4 (8 Hours)
OMICSDATAMANAGEMENT:
Qualitative and Quantitative Proteomics. Bioinformatics for Mass spectrometry and 2D gels. Concepts ofMetabolomics,
Transcriptomics and Interactomics. Computational Analysis Workflows for Protein Array DataInterpretation. Integration,
Warehousing, and Analysis Strategies of Data. Integration.Data for
signalingpathways,interactomereconstructionandfunctionalanalysis.NetworkInferencefromTimeDependentdata. Omics-
Bioinformatics in the context of diseases, Omics-Based Identification of Pathophysiological
Processes.DataMiningMethodsin Omics-Based BiomarkerDiscovery.
Module-5 (8 Hours)
CLINICALDATAANALYTICS:
OverviewofClinicalDataManagementplan,CRF designconsideration,DatacleaningissuesandDataprocessing issues, Database
design consideration: Making design decisions, Operating procedures for databasedesign,Dealing with problem data,
modifying data, Quality control through database audits, Identifying andmanaging discrepancies, Quality control and
assurance, Managing laboratory data, Storing lab data,
Creatingreportandtransferringdata,Clinicaldatamanagementsystems,Electronicdatacapturesystems,System Validation,
Migrating, data integration and archiving data. Data Normalization and Querying Techniques. DataMiningfordesired
applications.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Decipherthe differencesinthetypes ofdatabasesand theirdata formats.
 ApplytheknowledgeofvariousOmicsexperiments,datagenerationtechniques,datamanagement concepts,
dataminingstrategiesandtheireffective utilization.
 Comprehend theaspectsof ClinicalData,dataintegration,dataManagement,dataminingfordefinedapplications.

75
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic
requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of
50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome defined
for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be proportionally
reduced to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 BioinformaticsDatabaseSystems by Byronet al., CRCPress, 2017.
 DataMiningin Bioinformatics by Wangetal.(eds), Springer, 2005.
 Computational BiologyandGenomeInformatics by Wangetal.(eds) WorldScientific, 2003.
 PatternDiscoveryinBiomolecularData:Tools,Techniquesand Applications by Wangetal.(eds)Oxford UniversityPress,
1999.
 MicroarrayTechnologyandIts Applications UweR.Muller, DanV. Nicolau Springer, 2005.
 MicroarrayBioinformatics byDovStekel, CambridgeUniversityPress, 2003.
 Data Analysis tools for DNAMicroarray by Draghic S.,Chapman Hall/ CRCPress, 2002.
 OMICS: Biomedical Perspectives and Applications by Debmalya Barh, Kenneth Blum, Margaret A.Madigan, CRC
Press, 2017.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://www.udemy.com/topic/clinical-research/?
 https://www.coursary.com/search?
 https://www.coursera.org/learn/clinical-data-management
 https://www.udemy.com/course/clinical-data-management-cdm-online-course/
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● AV presentation by students (on topics as per choice of the teacher)
● Online tools for surprise quizzes
● Collection of case studies based on research findings
● Model making and Poster presentations on specific case studies.

76
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

STEM CELL TECHNOLOGY

Course Code 21BT644 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To provide a broad overview of stem cells, reviewing the different types and how they are cultured.
 To familiarize the students with stem cell technology and its bioengineering applications.
 To understand the potential of Stem cells towards treatment of human diseases.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry-based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (8 Hours)
STEM CELLS AND TYPES:
Stem cells: Definition, Classification, Sources and Properties –Types of stem cells: methods of isolation, study of stem
cells and their viability IPSC, embryonic stem cells, cancer stem cells. Preservations of Stem cell. Embryonic stem cell:
Isolation, Culturing, Differentiation, Properties – Adult stem cell: Isolation, Culturing, Differentiation, Trans-
differentiation, Plasticity, and Properties, Molecular mechanisms. fate mapping, application.
Module-2 (8 Hours)
STEM CELL MEDIA ANDREGENERATION:
Cell Culture Media, Cell culture methods, Cell isolation, selection, maintenance of primary and early passage cultures.
Clinical potential of stem cells: Organ and tissue regeneration. Germ cells, hematopoietic organs, and kidney, cord blood
transplantation, donor selection, HLA matching, patient selection, peripheral blood and Hematopoietic Stem Cell Disorders
and bone marrow transplantation, Stem cell Techniques: fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS), time lapse video, green
fluorescent protein tagging.
Module-3 (8 Hours)
STEM CELLS IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS:
Stem cell and founder zones in plants–particulary their roots– stem cells of shoot meristems of higher plants. Skeletal muscle
stem cell – Mammary stem cells – intestinal stem cells – keratinocyte stem cells of cornea – skin and hair follicles –tumour
stem cells.
Module-4 (8 Hours)
STEM CELL IN DRUG DISCOVERY AND TISSUE ENGINEERING:
Target identification, Manipulating differentiation pathways, stem cell therapy Vs cell protection, stem cell in cellular assays
for screening – stem cell based drug discovery, drug screening and toxicology. Tissue engineering application – production
of complete organ - kidney – eyes - heart – brain.
Module-5 (8 Hours)
APPLICATIONS AND ETHICAL ISSUES :
Gene therapy – genetically engineered stem cells – stem cells and Animal cloning – transgenic animals and stem cells –
Therapeutic applications – Cardiovascular treatment, Cell deficiency therapy, treatment of brain related defects.
Neurological disorder (AD,PD),limb amputation, heart disease - spinal cord injuries – diabetes –burns - HLA typing-
hepatic and pancreatic disorders. Stem cell policy and ethics, stem cell research: Hype, hope and controversy.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Understand the basics of stem cell biology, the various types and their isolation and identification.
 Correlate stem cell technology in treatment of various diseases and disorders.
 Apply the basics of stem cells in drug discovery and tissue engineering in line with ethical considerations.

77
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18
Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of
the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be proportionally
reduced to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:
 Stem cells by C.S Potten., Elsevier, 2006.
 Essentials of Stem Cell Biology by Robert Lanza., fourth edition. Elsevier 2014.
 Stem cell biology and Gene Therapy by Peter Quesenberry., First Edition, Wiley-Liss, 1998.
 Embryonic Stem cells – Protocols by KursadTurksen., Second Edition Humana Press, 2002.
 Stem Cells: From Bench to Bedside by AriffBongso, EngHinLee., World Scientific Publishing Company, 2005.
 Stem cells in clinic and Research by Ali Gholamrezanezhad., Intech, 2013.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://www.coursera.org/learn/stem-cells
 https://online.stanford.edu/courses/xgen204-stem-cell-therapeutics
 https://www.classcentral.com/course/stem-cells-10745
 https://pll.harvard.edu/course/stem-cell-and-regenerative-biology-1?delta=3
 https://elearninguoa.org/course/health-nanotechnology-nanomedicine/stem-cells-and-regenerative-medicine
 https://www.stemcellscourse.com/
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● AV presentation by students (on topics as per choice of the teacher)
● Online tools for surprise quizzes
● Collection of case studies based on research findings
● Model making and Poster presentations on specific case studies.

78
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

OPEN ELECTIVE COURSE – I

ECOLOGY AND ECOSYSTEM

Course Code 21BT651 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To Distinguish among allied scientific disciplines (environmental science, conservation biology, restoration ecology,
and environmental engineering) and compare their purposes with that of ecology.
 To Describe the ecosystem services important to human ecology.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective and
questioning /inquiry-based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (8 Hours)
INTRODUCTION:
Concept of ecology and ecosystem, Structure and function of ecosystem; Basic concept of population and community
ecology; ecological succession. Characteristic features of the following: a) Forest ecosystem b) Grassland ecosystem c)
Desert ecosystem d) Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, wetlands, rivers, oceans, estuaries), Case studies.
Module-2 (8 Hours)
ECOLOGY:
Basic concepts, scope, multidisciplinary nature and relevance; Ecosystem concept, organization and significance;
Biosphere concept, organization and significance; Cybernetic nature of ecosystems. Factors affecting ecosystem: Major
environmental factors (biotic and abiotic) influencing organisms in various ecosystems; Concept of limiting factors;
Liebig’s law of the minimum; Shelford law of tolerance. Case studies.
Module-3 (8 Hours)
ENERGY FLOW AND TROPHIC DYNAMICS:
Energy flow in ecosystems; Concept of trophic dynamics and trophic cascade; Food chains, food webs and trophic levels;
Ecological pyramids; Energy transfer; Ecological efficiencies; Biogeochemical cycles (water, oxygen, carbon, nitrogen,
phosphorus and sulphur). Case studies.
Module-4 (8 Hours)
POLLUTION AND ITS EFFECTS ON ECOLOGY:
Air pollution from primary and secondary pollutants; Ozone chemistry and ozone layer depletion; Acid rain and its impact
on ecosystems; Water pollution: Types, sources and effects of water pollution, concept of DO, BOD and COD;
Eutrophication, oil pollution and thermal pollution; Land and soil pollution: Coal mine and it’s environmental impact and
restoration; Salt affected soils and their management; Acid soil and its management; Fertilizers and soil pollution; Pesticide
pollution of soil; Pesticides, environment and human health. Case studies.
Module-5 (8 Hours)
PRODUCTIVITY:
Primary productivity; concept, methods of estimation, world patterns of primary productivity and Man’s exploitation of
primary productivity; Secondary productivity; concept, methods of estimation, world patterns of secondary productivity,
and man’s exploitation of secondary productivity. Evolutionary Ecology: Natural Selection and its ecological significance,
modern concept of species, adaptation; Significance of mutation, isolating mechanism and ecological role and other
evolutionary processes in ecology. Case studies.

Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Understand the importance of the ecosystem, different types and their impact on the environment.
 Correlate the energy flow in ecosystems to maintain ecological balance.
79
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

 Analyse the impact of Pollution on the Ecosystem.

 Appreciate the ethical context of environmental issues and the links between human and natural systems .
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% ( 18
Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of
the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be proportionally
reduced to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 The Science of Ecology by R Brewer; Saunders College Pub., 1994.
 Environmental Science (9th edn.) by Dash, M.C.and Dash, S.P. Jones and Barlett Learning. 2009.
 Fundamentals of Ecology (3rd edn.) byKormondy, E. J., Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co., New Delhi.1996.
 Concepts of Ecology (4th edn.) byKrebs, C. J. , Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. 1985.
 Ecology: The Experimental Analysis of Distribution and Abundance byCharles J. Krebs, Pearson Publications, 2014.
 Introduction to Environmental Health byBridgman, H., Springer Publishing Co. Ltd. New York. 1990.
 Global Air Pollution by Bhattacharjee, K., Mazumder. M.R. and Gupta-Bhattacharjee S. John Wiley and Sons. 2006.
 A Text Book of Palynology (Basic & Applied) by Chitkara, M.G. New Central Book Agency (P) Ltd. Kolkata. 1998.
 Encyclopedia of Ecology, Environment and Pollution by M G Chitkara. APH Publishing Corporation. 1998.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://www.edx.org/learn/ecosystems
 https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=ecology
 https://www.futurelearn.com/subjects/nature-and-environment-courses/ecology
 https://www.classcentral.com/subject/ecology
 https://www.open.edu/openlearn/nature-environment/the-environment/environmental-studies/introducing-the-
environment-ecology-and-ecosystems/content-section
 https://teachers-ab.libguides.com/c.php?g=710613&p=5063458
https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=food%20science
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource

80
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

● AV presentation by students (on topics as per choice of the teacher)
● Online tools for surprise quizzes
● Collection of case studies via newspaper on topics covered
● Discussion on recent advancements

FOOD, NUTRITION AND HEALTH

Course Code 21BT652 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To acquaint students with fundamentals of food, nutrients and their relationship to health.
 To create awareness with respect to deriving maximum benefit from available food resources.
 To make students apply the information on nutrition and health for developing health consciousness.
 To develop the understanding about aspects related to food processing and product development.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry-based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (8 Hours)
FOOD, NUTRITION AND HEALTH:
Introduction: Broad meaning of food, nutrition and health, Relationship between foods, nutrition and health. Functions of
food- Physiological, psychological and social. Basics of major and minor nutrients: Functions, dietary sources
anddeficiency aspects- Carbohydrates and dietary fibre, lipids and proteins. Vitamins- Fat soluble (Vitamin A, D, E and
K) and water soluble (Vitamin B: thiamine, riboflavin, niacin, pyridoxine, folate, Vitamin B12 and Vitamin C),
Minerals(Ca, Fe, I, Zn etc). Groups of foods.Anti-nutritional factors in foods
Module-2 (8 Hours)
BALANCED DIET AND NUTRITION:
Recommended Dietary Allowances for Indians, Food pyramid, factors affecting the planning of diets, Dietary Pattern,
Physiological considerations and nutritional requirements (meal planning) for the following life stages: paediatrics,
adolescence, adults (men and women) (sedentary, moderately and hardworking categories), pregnant and lactating
women, geriatrics. Nutrition for physical fitness and sports, Techniques of measuring body composition, height and
weight relationships: BMI, BMR, work capacity, physical fitness. Meaning of malnutrition (including overweight and
obesity). Dieting and faulty food habits, associated challenges and disorders (like anorexia nervosa).
Module-3 (8 Hours)
NUTRITIONAL DEFICIENCIES AND DISEASES:
Meaning, Types and measurement. Protein Energy Malnutrition, Biological Value (BV) of protein, Protein Efficiency ratio,
Vitamin A and D Deficiencies, Iron Deficiency (anaemia), Iodine Deficiency Disorders, Zinc Deficiency, Fluorosis.
Obesity - etiology, treatment, consequences of obesity and its prevention. Diabetes mellitus: types,dietary treatment for
Type I and II diabetics, complications of diabetes. Diseases of the heart and blood vessels - etiology, symptoms and
diagnosis; atherosclerosis, lipids and other dietary factors responsible for coronary heart diseases (CHD). Dietary habits
during CHD, hypertension, and hyperlipidaemia. Fatty liver conditions.
Module-4 (8 Hours)

81
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

FOOD PROCESSING AND PRESERVATION OF NUTRIENTS:

Means of nutritional losses during cooking/processing. Preventive measures. Selection, nutritional contribution and changes
during cooking of the following food groups: Cereals, Pulses, Fruits and vegetables, Milk & milk products, Eggs, Meat,
poultry and fish, Fats and Oils, Sugars. Major methods of food processing: Thermal (Blanching, steaming, baking, roasting,
frying, drying), low temp (chilling, freezing) and microwave cooking; Advantages, disadvantages, methods to minimize
nutrient losses. Role of packaging and storage in preserving nutrients. Nutritional labelling.
Module-5 (8 Hours)
FOOD PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT:
Innovation and food product development- Factors to consider (external and internal); Case studies indicating market
concerns, consumer demands, societal changes, technological development, regulations. Repositioned, reformulated, new
forms, new size and new packaging for product development. Post pandemic market scenario in novel food product
development. FSSAI, HACCP - standards and guidelines. Health consciousness consumers, Nutritionists and Dieticians:
differences, roles and professions.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Describethe basics of food and nutrients and their relationship with health.
 Develop balanced diet for various age groups.
 Correlate causes and prevention for nutritional diseases.
 Demonstrate the techniques of food processing, preservation and novel food product development.
 Detail the needs of nutrition as a career option.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% ( 18
Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of
the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be proportionally
reduced to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Food Science byPotter, Norman. M. and Hotchkiss, Jospeh. N. 5th e book edition ,2021. CBS Publishers,
 Foods: Facts and Principles by Manay, S and Shadakshara Swamy M. 4 th Ed. New Age Publishers. 2004.
 Food Science by B. Srilakshmi, New Age Publishers, 2002.
82
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

 Food Processing Principles and Applications by Ramaswamy H and Marcott M. CRC Press. 2006.
 Food Chemistry by Meyer. New Age Publishers, 2004.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://www.mhbacademy.com/
 https://www.udemy.com/topic/nutrition/
 https://www.coursera.org/browse/health/nutrition
 https://www.edx.org/learn/nutrition
 https://www.oxfordhomestudy.com/courses/nutrition-certificate-programs-online/free-online-nutrition-courses
 https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec19_ag02/preview
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource OLRs:
 https://teachers-ab.libguides.com/c.php?g=710613&p=5063458
 https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=food%20science
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● Demos on type of diets and food packaging in classes (by groups of students)
● AV presentation by students (on topics as per choice of the teacher)
● Online tools for surprise quizzes
● Collection of case studies via newspaper on topics covered with ill effects of dieting, food contamination, food
choice in post-pandemic times etc
● Discussion on recent advancements

FORENSIC SCIENCE
Course Code 21BT653 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To know about the various areas of forensic sciences.
 To understand the techniques involved in forensic analysis.
 To know about the legal issues and ethics related to forensic science.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry-based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1(8 Hours)
INTRODUCTION:
Introduction to Forensics, Definition and scopes of forensics, History and chronology of the events in forensics, and
important milestones in the forensics, importance and significance of court in forensics; procedure and protocol: Inquest
and medical examiners systems, powers of courts, documentary evidences and witness, (Doctors guide to court), application
of the forensics: Forensic anthropology, Forensic entomology, Forensic psychiatry, Forensic odontology. Forensic
pathology: Rigor mortis, livor mortis, algor mortis.
Module-2(8 Hours)
CRIME LAB AND FORENSIC ANALYSIS:
Organization of crime lab at various levels in India (Center and State), facilities offered by various laboratories. Services of
the crime lab, basic services of the crime lab, optional services. Crime scene- Identification (Race, Sex, Age), Preservation
and record, methodic search for evidence. Analysis of the physical evidences- definition, importance and source of evidence,
type, collection and preservation, expert unit men, handling, package and sealing of physical evidence, FRYE standard and
DAUBERT criteria.
Module-3(8 Hours)

83
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

FORENSIC DIGITAL IMAGING, STATISTICS AND ENGINEERING: Digital imaging, acquisition of digital
evidences, forensic imaging, maintaining chain of control with digital images, basic approach and process, digital videos,
scanners, presenting pictures in the courtrooms, detecting compression and forgeries and maintaining records, analysis
and recovery, advantages and disadvantages of digital imaging.
Probability, populations and samples, weight of evidence and the Bayesian likelihood ratio. Transfer evidence, application
of statistics of forensic science. Forensic engineering DNA analysis, dactyloscopy- Definition, various events and its
significance, fingerprints its classification and patterns (concept of LAW).
Module-4(8 Hours)
CYBER FORENSIC:
Introduction, history of computer forensics, Basics of computers, Media, Computer Forensic Lab, Forensic Computers,
Mobile Units, Data Storage, collecting evidence from a single system, common mistakes in evidence collection, storing and
retrieving data, processing the electronic crime scene, analysis of electronic data, forensic analysis of internet data, forensic
investigation of internet communications, E-Mail analysis, mobile forensics. Corporate fraud,
Module-5(8 Hours)
TOXICOLOGY AND ETHICS IN FORENSIC SCIENCE:
Forensic toxicology,General Materials, Custodial Deaths, General Toxicology, Corrosive Poisons, Vegetable Alkaloid
Poisons, Irritant Poisons, Non–Metallic& Metallic poisons, Inebriant Poisons Irrespirable Gases, Drug & Insecticides, Food
Poisoning. Science and professional ethics: significance and limitations, code of conduct and code of ethics for forensics
and their application, ethical requirement, ethical dilemmas and their resolutions.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Describe the safety procedures and evidence handling at the crime scene and/or at the laboratory.
 Distinguish between different types of physical evidence and pattern evidence based upon approaches in forensic
chemistry and biology.
 Analyse digital evidences and interpret the same via statistical means.
 Apply basics of biology in toxicological evidences without compromising on Ethical guidelines.

84
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% ( 18
Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of
the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be proportionally
reduced to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Criminalistics : An Introduction to Forensic Science by Richard Saferstein. Prentice Hall, 11th edition. 2014.
 Introduction to Forensic Sciences by William G Eckert, CRC Press 2nd edition, 2002.
 Principles of Forensic Toxicology by Barry Levine. AACC Press. 1999
 Textbook of Forensic Medicine and Toxicology by V.V. Pillay, Paras Medical Publishers 18th Ed.2017.
 Principles of Forensic Medicine by ApurbaNandy. New central book agency Ltd., 2010.
 Computer forensics: evidence collection and management by Robert C. Newman, Auerbach Publications 2007.
 Forensic Computer Crime Investigation by Thomas A Johnson, CRC Press, 2005.
 Introduction to Statistics for Forensic Scientists by David Lucy, Wiley publications 2005.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://www.udemy.com/topic/digital-forensics/
 https://www.futurelearn.com/courses/collections/forensics
 https://www.coursera.org/learn/forensic-science
 https://www.classcentral.com/tag/forensic-science
 https://teachers-ab.libguides.com/c.php?g=710613&p=5063458
 https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=food%20science
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource

85
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

● AV presentation by students (on topics as per choice of the teacher)
● Online tools for surprise quizzes
● Collection of case studies via newspaper on topics covered
● Discussion on recent advancements

ROBOTICS IN HEALTHCAREAND AGRI TECH

Course Code 21BT654 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To Provide knowledge on the applications of robotics in the field of health care and agriculture.
 To Learn about the sensor requirements for localization and tracking in medicineand agriculture.
 To Understand the design aspects of medical and agri-based robots.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry-based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (8 Hours)
INTRODUCTION:
Need, technology, volume image data file, human resources, interface and applications. Virtual environment (VE),
technology, applications of VE, advantages of simulators and after effects of VE participation. Millirobotics for remote
surgery, Telesurgery, and endoscopy. Types of medical robots - Navigation - Motion Replication - Imaging - Rehabilitation
and Prosthetics - State of art of robotics in the field of healthcare.

Module-2 (8 Hours)
LOCALIZATION AND TRACKING:
Position sensors requirements, Tracking - Mechanical linkages, OpticalSound-based, ElectromagneticImpedancebased,
In-bore MRI tracking, Video matching, Fiber optic tracking systems, Hybrid systems.Control modes, Radiosurgery,
Orthopedic Surgery, Urologic Surgery and Robotic Imaging, Cardiac Surgery, Neurosurgery,case studies.
Module-3 (8 Hours)
REHABILITATION AND ROBOTS IN MEDICAL CARE:
Rehabilitation for Limbs, BrainMachine Interfaces,Steerable Needles, case studies.Assistive robots, types of assistive
robots, case studies. Design of Medical Robots. Characterization of gestures to the design of robots, Design methodologies,
Technological choices - Security
Module-4 (8 Hours)
ROBOTS IN AGRI TECH:
Developments in harvesting, crop sorting, disease detection and monitoring equipment for the agricultural
industry. Solutions for planting, pruning, thinning, weeding, yield estimate, harvesting or processing.Applications of
Robots in agriculture: weed control, cloud seeding, planting seeds, harvesting, environmental monitoring and soil analysis.
Examples: Green seeker sensor, Robot drone tractors, Flying Robots To Spread Fertilizer, Fruit Picking and
sorting Robots.
Module-5 (8 Hours)

86
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

TECHNICAL CONSIDERATIONS:
Locomotion: Legged Mobile Robots, Wheeled Mobile Robots, Complex Wheels, Tracked Vehicles, Aquatic Vehicles,
Flying Vehicles, Space Robots, Case studies.
Robot Kinematics: Coordinate frames, rotations, homogeneous coordinates, link coordinates, the direct kinematics problem,
the inverse kinematics solution, Case studies.
Mobile Robot Kinematics: Kinematic Models and Constraints, Mobile Robot Maneuverability, Mobile Robot Workspace,
Case studies.
Actuating: DC Motors, Gearing and Efficiency, RC Servo Motors, Stepping motors, Motor Control, Case studies.
Sensing I: Non-visual Sensors and Algorithms, Contact Sensors, Bumpers, Internal Sensors, Infrared Sensors, Sonar, Radar,
Laser Range Finder, Lidar, Case studies.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Describe the types of medical and agri-based robots and the concepts of navigation and motion replication.
 Discuss about the sensors used for localization and tracking for agri and healthcare applications.
 Analyze the design characteristics, methodology and technological choices for medical and agri-based robots.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18
Marks out of 50) in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of
the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be proportionally
reduced to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

87
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Introduction to Robotics: Analysis, Control and Applications. By Saeed B. Niku, Wiley India, 2011.
 Robotics: Fundamental Concepts and Analysis, by Ashitava Ghosal, Oxford University Press, 2006.
 Robotic Technology and Flexible Automation byS. R. Deb & Sankha Deb, Tata Mc Hill, 2010.
 Robot Modeling and Control byMark W. Spong, Seth Hutchinson, and M. Vidyasagar, Wiley Publishers, 2006.
 Medical Robotics by AchimSchweikard, Floris Ernst, Springer, 2015.
 Medical Robots byDaniel Faust, Rosen Publishers, 2016.
 Agricultural Robots: Mechanisms and Practice by Naoshi Kondo, Kyoto University Press and Trans Pacific Press;
Har/Cdr edition, 2011.
 Agricultural Robots - Fundamentals and Applications byJun Zhou and Baohua Zhang, Intech open access, 2019.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://www.udemy.com/topic/robotics/
 https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=robotics
 https://www.edx.org/learn/robotics
 https://www.udemy.com/topic/robotics/
 https://www.futurelearn.com/subjects/it-and-computer-science-courses/ai-and-robotics
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● AV presentation by students (on topics as per choice of the teacher)
● Online tools for surprise quizzes
● Collection of case studies based on research findings
● Model making and Poster presentations on specific case studies.

ENZYME TECHNOLOGY LAB

Course Code 21BTL66 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Credits 01 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To Understand the aspects involving isolation and purification of enzymes.
 To Understandthefundamentals of enzyme activity and the factors affectingenzymestability and kinetics.
Sl.NO Experiments
1 Isolation of α- amylase enzyme from specific sources.
2 Partial purification of α- amylase via Ammonium Sulphate fraction.
3 Protein estimation (α- amylase) by Lowry’s and Bradford methods
4 Determination of activity and specific activity of α- amylase.
5 Effect of substrate concentration on α- amylase.
6 Effect of Inhibitor on α- amylase.
7 Time course of α- amylase activity.
8 Effect of pH on α- amylase activity.
9 Effect of temperature on α- amylase activity.
10 Effect of metal ions and organic solvents on α- amylaseactivity.
11 α- amylase enzyme immobilization techniques and kinetics studies.
12 Determination of molecular weight of α- amylase by SDS-PAGE.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set):
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Perform experiments related to enzyme isolation and purification.
 Perform experiments on different kinetic parameters and stability studies.

88
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each course. The student has to secure not less than 35% (18
Marks out of 50) in the semester-end examination(SEE).
Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):
CIE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.
The split-up of CIE marks for record/ journal and test are in the ratio 60:40.
● Each experiment to be evaluated for conduction with observation sheet and record write-up. Rubrics for the
evaluation of the journal/write-up for hardware/software experiments designed by the faculty who is handling the
laboratory session and is made known to students at the beginning of the practical session.
● Record should contain all the specified experiments in the syllabus and each experiment write-up will be evaluated
for 10 marks.
● Total marks scored by the students are scaled downed to 30 marks (60% of maximum marks).
● Weightage to be given for neatness and submission of record/write-up on time.
● Department shall conduct 02 tests for 100 marks, the first test shall be conducted after the 8 th week of the semester
and the second test shall be conducted after the 14th week of the semester.
● In each test, test write-up, conduction of experiment, acceptable result, and procedural knowledge will carry a
weightage of 60% and the rest 40% for viva-voce.
● The suitable rubrics can be designed to evaluate each student’s performance and learning ability. Rubrics suggested
in Annexure-II of Regulation book
● The average of 02 tests is scaled down to 20 marks (40% of the maximum marks).
The Sum of scaled-down marks scored in the report write-up/journal and average marks of two tests is the total CIE marks
scored by the student.
Semester End Evaluation (SEE):
SEE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.
SEE shall be conducted jointly by the two examiners of the same institute, examiners are appointed by the University
● All laboratory experiments are to be included for practical examination.
● (Rubrics) Breakup of marks and the instructions printed on the cover page of the answer script to be strictly adhered
to by the examiners. OR based on the course requirement evaluation rubrics shall be decided jointly by examiners.
● Students can pick one question (experiment) from the questions lot prepared by the internal /external examiners jointly.
● Evaluation of test write-up/ conduction procedure and result/viva will be conducted jointly by examiners.
● General rubrics suggested for SEE are mentioned here, writeup-20%, Conduction procedure and result in -60%, Viva-
voce 20% of maximum marks. SEE for practical shall be evaluated for 100 marks and scored marks shall be scaled
down to 50 marks (however, based on course type, rubrics shall be decided by the examiners)
● Change of experiment is allowed only once and 15% Marks allotted to the procedure part to be made zero.
The duration of SEE is 03 hours
Rubrics suggested in Annexure-II of Regulation book
Suggested Learning Resources:
 EnzymeTechnology by Martin Chaplinand Christopher Bucke, CambridgeUniversityPress, 1990.
 Enzymes by Dixon and Webb, AcademicPress 2nd Edition,1964.
 Principles of Enzymology for technologicalApplications by Butterworth Heinemann. Oxford UniversityPress, 1993.
 PurifyingProteinsforProteomics by RichardJ Simpson, IKInternational, 2003.
 FundamentsofEnzymology by Pricesand Stevens. OxfordPress. ThirdEdition, 1999.
 Enzymesin Industry:Production andApplications by W.Gerhartz. Wiley-VCHPublishers 3rdEdition, 2007.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

● https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2sF11BlwvW8
● https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1_Nd0RBseDU
● https://www.vernier.com/video/enzyme-action-labquest/
● https://www.khswaveriders.org/apps/video/watch.jsp?v=43181
● https://www.stem.org.uk/resources/community/collection/492298/enzymes
● VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource

89
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

● Demos on experiments beyond the syllabus
● AV presentation by students (on topics as per choice of the teacher)
● Online tools for surprise quizzes
● Collection of case studies based on research findings
● Model making and Poster presentations on specific case studies.

90
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

VISVESVARAYA TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI

B.E. in BIOTECHNOLOGY
Scheme and Syllabus of Teaching and Examinations 2021
Outcome Based Education (OBE) and Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)
VII SEMESTER
UPSTREAM AND DOWNSTREAM BIOPROCESS TECHNOLOGY
Course Code 21BT71 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To develop an understanding in students about the Upstream processes and the key aspects involved therein.
 To learn the various separation techniques in Downstram processing.
 To list the methods involved in product recovery and enrichment.
 To be able to deduce the methods for scaling up in bioprocess industries.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry-based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1(8 Hours)
UPSTREAM PROCESSING (USP):
Basic principles, Techniques, general requirements of Plant cell / tissue culture techniques, Animal & Microbial Cell
culture techniques. Strain improvement strategies and Product yield, Preservation of microbial culture, Elicitation.
Fermentation:Introduction, types of fermentation Process, submerged and solid-state fermentation.Principle components
of fermentor. Modes of fermentation: Batch, continuous and fed-batch.
Module-2(8 Hours)
FERMENTATION TECHNOLOGY FOR PRIMARY AND SECONDARY METABOLITES:
Microbial growth kinetics and Optimization of fermentation process and product yield. Production of primary and
secondary metabolites. Process design criteria for various classes of by-products (high volume, low value products and
low volume, high value products).Secondary metabolite production- Factors affecting secondary metabolites, industrial
application of secondary metabolites. Production of alcoholic beverages and antibiotics.
Module-3(8 Hours)
DOWNSTREAM PROCESSING (DSP) AND PRIMARY SEPARATION TECHNIQUES:
Role of DSP. Challenges and requirements of by-product purification. Cell disruption methods for intracellular products,
Separation techniques; flocculation and sedimentation, Centrifugation (ultra and differential), filtration methods and
Precipitation methods with salts, organic solvents, and polymers, extractive separations. Aqueous two-phase extraction,
supercritical extraction; In-situ product removal / integrated bioprocessing. Economics, cost cutting strategies in DSP.
Module-4(8 Hours)
PRODUCT ENRICHMENT & RECOVERY:
Chromatography- TLC, GLC, Ion Exchange, Gel Filtration Chromatography, Affinity Chromatography, HPLC – analytical
and preparative./ Electrophoretic and hybrid separation technologies. Membrane separation- Design and configuration of
membrane separation equipment; Solute polarization and cake formation in membrane ultra-filtration – causes,
consequences and control techniques; Use of membrane diffusion, separation by solvent membranes; reverse osmosis. Case
studies.
Module-5(8 Hours)
LAB TO INDUSTRIAL SCALING:
Scale Up concepts: Adjust your formula for larger scale (lab to pilot to industrial scale), Identify relevant building planning
codes, Select the right equipment, anticipate changes to instrumentation and diagnostics, determine cleaning and

91
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

sterilization needs, Optimize your process and economic aspects. Quality and regulatory aspects - (QC/QA and GLP and
GMP requirements).Industrial operations: Recovery and purification of products, Use of filtration and centrifugation, cell
disruption, chemical methods, extraction, chromatographs methods, drying and crystallization, membrane process. Effluent
treatment: Disposal methods, treatment process (aerobic and anaerobic treatments). Case studies.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Develop complete understanding of the fermentation process.
 Correlate the concepts involved in USP and DSP.
 Analyze the methods involved in separation and product recovery techniques.
 Apply the design concepts for scale-up operations.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic
requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out
of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be proportionally
reduced to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Principles of fermentation Technology by P.F. Stanbury and A. Whitaker. Pergamon Press 3rd edition, 2016.
 Downstream Process Technology – A new horizon in Biotechnology byNooralabetta Krishna Prasad, PHI Learning
Private Limited, 2010.
 Separation Processes in Biotechnology by Asenjo J. et al., CRC Press, 1990.
 Membrane separation processes by Nath, K. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2017.
 Bioprocess Engineering: Kinetics, Sustainability, and Reactor Design byLiu, S. . Elsevier, 2016.
 Bioseparation – Downstream processing for biotechnology by Belter P.A., Cussier E. and Wei Shan Hu., Wiley
Interscience Pub. 1988.
 Scale-up of bioprocesses. In Bioreaction Engineering Principles byVilladsen, J., Nielsen, J., & Lidén, G. Springer
US, 2011.

92
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

● https://nptel.ac.in/courses/102106022
● https://professional.mit.edu/course-catalog/downstream-processing
● https://www.biozeen.com/portfolio/training/biotechnology-training-for-students/downstream-processing-technology/
● https://educolifesciences.com/product/upstream-process-development-for-biopharmaceuticals-training-course/
● https://biolim.org/programmes/training/open/hands-on-experimental-training-on-upstream-and-downstream-
processing-in-microbial-fermentation/
● VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● Demos on basic fermentation process and separation techniques.
● AV presentation by students (on topics as per choice of the teacher)
● Online tools for surprise quizzes
● Collection of case studies based on research findings
● Model making and Poster presentations on specific case studies.

BIOETHICS AND BIOSAFETY

Course Code 21BT72 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 2:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 Total Marks 100
Credits 02 Exam Hours 02
Course objectives:
 To introduce to the stduents about biosafety regulations.
 To understand the ethical concepts in biotechnology.
 To emphasize on IPR issues and need for knowledge in patents in biotechnology.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry-based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (5 Hours)
BIOTECHNOLOGY AND SOCIETY:
Introduction to science, technology and society, issues of access-Case studies/experiences from developing anddeveloped
countries. Ownership, monopoly, traditional knowledge, biodiversity, benefit sharing,environmental sustainability, public
vs. private funding, biotechnology in international relations, globalizationand development divide. Public acceptance
issues for biotechnology: Biotechnology and hunger: Challengesfor the Indian Biotechnological research and industries
Module-2 (5 Hours)
BIOETHICS & LEGAL ISSUES:
Principles of bioethics: Legality, morality and ethics, autonomy, human rights, beneficence, privacy, justice, equity etc.
The expanding scope of ethics from biomedical practice to biotechnology, bioethics vs. business ethics, ethical dimensions
of IPR, technology transfer and other global biotech issues. The legal, institutional and socioeconomic impacts of
biotechnology; biotechnology and social responsibility, Public education to increase the awareness of bioethics with regard
to generating new forms of life for informed decision making – with case studies.
Module-3 (5 Hours)
BIOSAFETY CONCEPTS AND ISSUES:
Ethical conflicts in biotechnology - interference with nature, fear of unknown, unequal distribution of risks and benefits of
biotechnology, Rational vs. subjective perceptions of risks and benefits, relationship between risk, hazard, exposure and
safeguards, Biotechnology and biosafety concerns at the level of individuals, institutions, society, region, country and the

93
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

world. The Cartagena protocol on biosafety. Biosafety management. Ethical implications of biotechnological products and
techniques

Module-4 (5 Hours)
REGULATIONS:
Biosafety assessment procedures in India and abroad. International dimensions in biosafety, bioterrorism and convention on
biological weapons. Social and ethical implications of biological weapons. Biosafety regulations and national and
international guidelines with regard to recombinant DNA technology. Guidelines for research in transgenic plants. Good
manufacturing practice and Good lab practices (GMP and GLP). National and international regulations for food and pharma
products
Module-5 (5 Hours)
IPR, PATENTS AND PATENT LAWS:
Intellectual property rights-TRIP- GATT International conventions patents Methods of application of patents Legal
implications Biodiversity and farmer rights Objectives of the patent system Basic principles and general requirements of
patent law Biotechnological inventions and patent law. Legal development-Patentable subjects and protection in
biotechnology .The patenting of living organisms.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Describe the rules governing manufacture, use/import/export and storage of hazardousmicroorganisms/genetically
engineered organisms or cells.
 Describe the ethical issues related to biotechnology research.
 Explain the various forms of IPR, methods of application of Patents, Protection of Plant varieties andfarmer rights.
 Overview of the Indian Patent Law, knowledge on patentability requirements, patentingbiotechnological inventions
and innovations.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic
requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out
of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks MCQ (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
(All tests are similar to the SEE pattern i.e question paper pattern is MCQ)
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
SEE paperwill be set for 100 questions of each of 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is MCQ.
The time allotted for SEE for this Two credit course is 02 hours. Marks scored shall be proportionally reduced to
50 marks

94
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Biotechnology and Safety Assessment by Thomas J.A., Fuch R.L Academic Press 3rd Edition 2002.
 Biological safety Principles and practicesby Fleming D.A., Hunt D. ASM Press 3rd. ed. 2000.
 Bioethics, by Ben Mepham, Oxford University Press, 2008.
 Bioethics & Biosafety by R Rallapalli & Geetha Bali APH Publication, 2007.
 Bioethics & Biosafety by Sateesh MK, IK Publishers, 2008.
 Biological Warfare in the 21st century, by M.R. Dando Brassies,London, 1994.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://www.futurelearn.com/courses/biosecurity
 https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/biosafety
 https://www.coursera.org/learn/synbioethics
 https://www.coursera.org/lecture/synbioethics/ethical-issues-raised-by-gof-research-iNrh5
 https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=safety
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● AV presentation by students (on topics as per choice of the teacher)
● Online tools for surprise quizzes
● Collection of case studies based on research findings
● Model making and Poster presentations on specific case studies.

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE COURSE - II

MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY AND CHEMOINFORMATICS

Course Code 21BT721 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To understand the basic concepts, databases and tools of medicinal chemistry used in drug design.
 To understand the basic concepts of chemoinformatics,databases and tools used in drug design.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry-based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (8 Hours)
INTRODUCTION:
History and development of medicinal chemistry, Physicochemical properties in relation to biological action Ionization,
Solubility, Partition Coefficient, Hydrogen bonding, Protein binding, Chelation, Bioisosterism, Optical and Geometrical
isomerism, Drug molecules and biological action, Drug receptor interaction including transduction mechanisms. Drug
metabolism (phase I and II), Factors affecting drug metabolism including stereo chemical aspects. Principles of Drug Design:
Traditional analog (QSAR)and mechanism-based approaches, Computer Aided Drug Desigming (CADD) and molecular
modelling.
Module-2 (8 Hours)
DRUGS AND THEIR ACTION:
Development of selected drugs via medicinal chemistry routes as case studies (structure activity relationship including
physicochemical properties, mode of action and uses): Cholinergics and Anticholinesterases, Adrenergic .drugs,
Antispasmodic and anti-ulcer drugs, neuromuscular blocking agents, Autacoids, Antihistamines, Eicosanoids,
Analgesic-antipyretics, anti-inflammatory (non-steroidal) agents. Drugs affecting uterine motility Oxytocics (including

95
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

oxytocin, ergot alkaloids and prostaglandins)

Module-3 (8 Hours)
MOLECULAR RECOGNITION IN DRUG-RECEPTOR BINDING:
Molecular forces, Binding energetics, Enzyme Inhibitors, Modes of inhibition of Targets. Case studies a. Antibacterial
Drugs and their resistance, Antiviral Drugs and their resistance, Anticancer Drugs and development of resistance,
Neurotransmitters (adrenergic, cholinergic effects; psychopharmacology), CNS depressants (sedative/hypnotic,
major/minor tranquilizers), CNS stimulants (Steroids)
Module-4 (8 Hours)
CHEMOINFORMATICS:
Introduction Chemoinformatics definition, scope of chemoinformatics, history of chemoinformatics, why to use
informatics methods in chemistry, Representations of chemical compounds Introduction, Computer Representations of
Chemical Structures: Graph Theoretic Representations, Linear Notations, Connection Tables, Canonical Representations
of Molecular Structures. 2D structure databases, Reaction Databases, The Representation of Patents and Patent Databases.
Representations of 3D molecular structures: Experimental 3D Databases, 3D Database Searching.
Module-5 (8 Hours)
MOLECULAR DESCRIPTORS:
Introduction, Descriptors Calculated from the 2D Structure: Simple Counts, Physicochemical Properties, Molar
Refractivity. Structure Searching: Substructure Searching, Screening Methods, Similarity searching, Drug and Drug-
Targets Drug: definition, “Drug-Likeness” and Compound Filters, rule of five. Lead Compound: definition, natural and
synthetic resources of lead compounds. Drug targets: Enzymes, receptors, carrier proteins, structural proteins, nucleic acids,
etc. Chemoinformatics tools for drug discovery Combinatorial Synthesis and Combinatorial Library, QSAR, 3D
Pharmacophores. Screening Methods: High-throughput screening, Virtual Screening. Protein–Ligand Docking. The
Prediction of ADMET Properties, Toxicity Prediction.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Apply the basic concepts of medicinal chemistry, databases and tools towards drug design.
 Apply the basic concepts of chemoinformatics, databases and toolsinvolved in drug design.

96
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic
requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out
of 50) in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be proportionally
reduced to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Foye’s Principles of Medicinal Chemistry by Lemke, Thomas L. Williams, David A. , Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins
7th edition 2012.
 Burgers Medicinal Chemistry. Drug Discovery and Development, Edited by Donald J Abraham, Volumes 1 – 8, Wiley,
2021.
 Introduction to principles of drug design by Smith and Williams, CRC Press, 2005.
 Handbook of Chemoinformatics, volume 1, by John Gastiger, Thomas Engel, WILEYVCH pub 2003.
 An Introduction to Chemoinformatics, by Andrew R. Leach & Valerie j. Gillet, Springer 3. Instant Notes in
Medicinal Chemistry, by G. Patrick, BIOS Scientific pub. 2001.
 Chemoinformatics: A Textbook by Johann Gasteiger and Thomas Engel, Wiley, 2003.
 Chemoinformatics in Drug Discovery: 23 (Methods & Principles in Medicinal Chemistry) by Tudor I. Oprea, Raimund
Mannhold, Hugo Kubinyi and Gerd Folkers, Wiley, 2005.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-medicinal-chemistry-12908
 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_cy16/preview
 https://www.edx.org/course/medicinal-chemistry-the-molecular-basis-of-drug-di
 https://www.futurelearn.com/courses/discovering-science-medicinal-chemistry
 https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/medicinal-chemistry
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● AV presentation by students (on topics as per choice of the teacher)
● Online tools for surprise quizzes
● Collection of case studies via newspaper on topics covered

97
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

● Discussion on recent advancements and case studies.

BIOREACTOR DESIGN AND SCALE UP

Course Code 21BT722 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To Understandthefundamentalsofreactordesign.
 To Specifydesign criteriaformediumsterilization.
 To Understandthedesignacompletebioreactor basedontargets,constraintsandphysical properties.
 To Identifysuitableprocessinstrumentationformonitoringandcontrolofbioreactors.
 To Understand the challenges associated with process scale up.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (8 Hours)
INTRODUCTION:
Microbial growth and product formation kinetics, Thermal death kinetics of microorganisms, Heterogeneousreaction
kinetics, Enzyme kinetics, Multiple reactions – series, parallel and mixed. Basic Design Equations/Mole Balances: Batch,
Fed Batch and Repetitive Batch Reactors, Continuous: Stirred tank and tubular flowreactors, Microbial death kinetics.
Design criterion for sterilization. Batch and continuous sterilization of medium. Airsterilization
Module-2 (8 Hours)
FERMENTORS:
Processandmechanicaldesignoffermenters,volume,sparger,agitator, type,sizeandmotorpower,heattransfer
calculationsforcoilandjacket, sterilization system.Fermenter design, aeration & agitation, Basic structure of fermenter body
construction. Description of different parts of fermenter aseptic conditions. Different types of fermenters. Supply of oxygen,
fluid rheology, factors affecting aeration and agitation. Scale up and scale down of aeration and agitation.
Module-3 (8 Hours)
NOVELBIOREACTORS:
Design of Immobilized enzyme packed bed Reactor. Fluidized bed reactors, Slurry Reactors, Air lift & Loopreactors,
Packed bed and Hollow fiber membrane bioreactors, Bioreactors for waste treatment processes;Scale-upofbioreactors,
SSFbioreactors. Conceptualnumericals. Bioreactors considerations for animal cell cultures –Production of Monoclonal
antibodies and therapeutic proteins. Wave Bioreactors.

Module-4 (8 Hours)
NON-IDEALBIOREACTORS:
Non-ideal reactors, residence time distribution studies for pulse and step input, Exit age distribution offluid in reactors,
RTD’s for CSTR and PFR, calculations of conversions for First order reactions, tanks inseries models. Conceptual
numericals.
Module-5 (8 Hours)
LAB TO INDUSTRIAL SCALE UP:
Scale Up concepts: lab to pilot to industrial scale, relevant building planning codes, Selection the right equipment,
Anticipate changes to instrumentation and diagnostics, Determine cleaning and sterilization needs, Optimization of
processes.Industrial operations: Recovery and purification of products, Use of filtration and centrifugation, cell disruption,
chemical methods, extraction, chromatographs methods, drying and crystallization, membrane process. Effluent treatment:

98
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Disposal methods, treatment process, aerobic and anaerobic treatment, byproducts. Economic aspects: Fermentation as a
unit process, economy of fermentation, market potential. Legalization of products like antibiotics and recombinants.

Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 State the basic concepts of bioreactor design and optimize the parameters associated with fermentation process.
 Apply the principlesofupstream & downstream processes used in fermentation industry.
 Demonstarte the technqiues used in lab to industrial scale-up opearions.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic
requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out
of 50) in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be proportionally
reduced to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Principles of fermentation Technology by P.F. Stanbury and A. Whitaker. Pergamon Press 3rd edition, 2016.
 Bioreactor Scale-Up: From Pilot to Commercial Scale in the Modern Era by Cheryl Scott and Brian Gazaille,
eBook, 2019.
 Bioreactors: Analysis and Design byTapobrata Panda, McGraw-Hill, 2011.
 Bioreactor System Design by Juan A. Asenjo, CRC press, 1994.
 Bioreactors: Design, Operation and Novel Applications by Carl-Fredrik Mandenius, Wiley, 2016.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_bt19/preview
 https://www.coursera.org/lecture/industrial-biotech/microbial-fermentation-processes-and-bioreactor-design-35cbb
 https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-bioreactor-design-and-analysis-22924
 https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-bioreactors-5801
 https://biotechnologycourses.nl/courses/bioprocess-design-course/
 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_bt19/preview

99
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

 https://www.coursera.org/lecture/industrial-biotech/microbial-fermentation-processes-and-bioreactor-design-35cbb
 https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-bioreactor-design-and-analysis-22924
 https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-bioreactors-5801
 https://biotechnologycourses.nl/courses/bioprocess-design-course/
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Q8QvApI9X3Q
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8LEUksrrEfw
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uooShNgPhIQ
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● AV presentation by students (on topics as per choice of the teacher)
● Online tools for surprise quizzes
● Collection of case studies via newspaper on topics covered
● Discussion on recent advancements and case studies.

BIOMEDICAL IMAGING AND HEALTH INFORMATICS

Course Code 21BT723 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To Provide all students with basic skills and knowledge in health informatics.
 To Introduce students to problems, challenges and research practices that health informatics addresses.
 To Lead students in discussions around ethical and diversity issues in health informatics.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (8 Hours)
BIOMEDICAL IMAGING:
Introduction to Biomedical Imaging, its history and development, Imaging with ionizing radiation: Physics of x-ray
imaging, X-ray generators and detectors. Dual-energy xray absorptiometry (DEXA),Computed Tomography: Principles of
image formation and reconstruction techniques, Computed Tomography: Instrumentation and Data analysis
Module-2 (8 Hours)
NUCLEAR IMAGING MODALITIES:
Scintigraphy, positron emission tomography (PET) & single-photon emission computed tomography (SPECT), Magnetic
Resonance Imaging: Physical foundations of Magnetic Resonance Imaging: Image formation. Ultrasound Imaging,spectral
imaging, and medical image processing labs. Outlook and trends in biomedical imaging
Module-3 (8 Hours)
HEALTH INFORMATICS:
Aim and scope, historical perspectives, concepts, definitions and activities in Health informatics, introduction to the
application of information technology to integrated hospital information systems and patient-specific information; nursing,
radiology, pathology, and pharmacy services, Future trends, research in health informatics, training and career opportunities.
Module-4 (8 Hours)
HOSPITAL MANAGEMENT AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS:
Hospital Management and Information Systems (HMIS), its need, benefits, capabilities, development, functional areas.
Modules forming HMIS, HMIS and Internet, Pre-requisites for HMIS, why HMIS fails, health information system, disaster
management plans, advantages of HMIS. Health Level 7 (HL7). Study of picture archival & communication systems
(PACS), PACS Administrator, PACS Technology overview, PACS Administration: The Business Perspective.

100
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Module-5 (8 Hours)
ELECTRONIC HEALTH RECORDS:
Pathology Laboratory Module, Blood Bank Module, Operation Theatre Module, Medical Stores Module, Pharmacy Module,
Inventory Module, Radiology Module, Medical Records Index Module, Administration Module, Personal Registration
Module, Employee Information Module, Financial modules, Health & Family Welfare, Medical Research, Communication,
General Information.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Demonstrate basic skills and knowledge in health informatics for application in future health-related careers.
 Gain knowledge about problems, challenges and research practices that health informatics addresses.
 Demonstrate ability to identify genomic variants associated with a disease phenotype and Perform visualization and
simple analysis for disease prognosis.
 Analyze ethical and diversity issues in health informatics.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic
requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out
of 50) in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be proportionally
reduced to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Radiological Imaging, The Theory of Image Formation, Detection, and Processing byHarrison Barrett and
William Swindell, Academic Press,1996.
 Introduction to Biomedical Imaging by Andrew G. Webb, Wiley, 2017.
 Medical Imaging Systems by A. Macovski by R. Bracewell, Springer ebook, 2018.
 Medical imaging signals and systems by Jerry L Prince and Jonathan M Links, Prentice-Hall. 2005.
 Principles of magnetic resonance imaging byZhi-Pei Liang, Paul C. Lauterber, IEEE, 2000.
 NMR Imaging in Biomedicine by P. Mansfield and P. Morris, Elsevier, 1982.

101
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

 Digital Image Processing by K. Castleman, Pearson, 2011.

 Medical Imaging Technology by Mark A. Haidekker, Springer, 2013.
 Biomedical Informatics: Computer Applications in Health Care and Biomedicine by Edward H. Shortliffe, James
J. Cimino, Michael F. Chiang, Springer, 2021.
 Consumer Health Informatics: Enabling Digital Health for Everyone by Catherine Arnott Smith, Alla Keselman,
CRC Press, 2020.
 Health Informatics: Integrating Healthcare and Information Technology byLeonidas Waugh, Foster Academics,
2020.
 An Introduction to Healthcare Informatics, Building Data-Driven Tools by Peter Mccaffrey, Academic Press, 2020.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://www.medvarsity.com/courses/clinical-imaging/
 https://www.edx.org/learn/biomedical-imaging
 https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=radiology
 https://www.udemy.com/topic/medical-imaging/
 https://www.coursera.org/browse/health/health-informatics
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● AV presentation by students (on topics as per choice of the teacher)
● Online tools for surprise quizzes
● Collection of case studies via newspaper on topics covered
● Discussion on recent advancements and case studies.

METABOLIC ENGINEERING AND FUNCTIONAL GENOMICS

Course Code 21BT724 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To Empower the students with the knowledge on stoichiometry, energetics of metabolism and principles of metabolic
engineering.
 To Provide a quantitative basis, based on thermodynamics, enzyme kinetics, for the understanding of metabolic
networks in single cells and at the organ level.
 To Enable the students to use organisms to produce valuable substances on an industrial scale in cost effective manner.
 To understand the diverse aspects and applications of functional genomics.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (8 Hours)
INTRODUCTION :
Basic concepts of Metabolic Engineering, Overview of cellular metabolism, Different models for cellular reactions,Methods
for metabolic characterization: genome, transcriptome, proteome, metabolome, fluxome Comprehensive models for cellular
reactions. Case studies.
Module-2 (8 Hours)

102
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

COORDINATION OF METABOLIC REACTIONS:

Feedback inhibition, Energy charge, Multigene networks, Metabolic regulation network at enzyme level and whole cell
level, Examples of metabolic pathway manipulations, Metabolic pathway synthesis algorithms, Metabolic flux analysis and
its applications, Methods for experimental determination of metabolic fluxes, Metabolite Balancing, Tracer Experiments,
MS and NMR in labelling measurement. Isotope labelling. Case studies.
Module-3 (8 Hours)
METABOLIC CONTROL ANALYSIS:
Metabolic control analysis (MCA) and the structure metabolic networks, Determination of Flux control coefficients, MCA
of Linear and Branched pathways, Thermodynamics of cellular processes, Metabolic design: Gene amplification, Gene-
disruption, Randomized and targeted strain development, New concepts for quantitative bioprocess research and
development. Case studies.
Module-4 (8 Hours)
FUNDAMENTALS OF FUNCTIONAL GENOMICS :
Fundamental principles within functional genomics,emphasizing the transcriptome and proteome. Contribution of
functional genomics to systems biology and systems medicine. Socio-ethical aspects of functional genomics in
biomedicine and biotechnology, including perspectives on genetic risk information. Hypothesis generation/experimental
design. Experimental model systems. Next generation HTP sequenching technology. Microarray-technology. Microarray-
based techniques for RNA analysis (transcriptomics), different methods for global protein studies (proteomics) and current
attempts at developing similar methodology for studies of metabolites and other small molecules (metabolomics).
Module-5 (8 Hours)
APPLICATIONS OF FUNCTIONAL GENOMICS:
Application of sequence based and structure-based approaches to assignment of gene functions –e.g. sequence comparison,
structure analysis (especially active sites, binding sites) and comparison, pattern identification, etc. Use of various derived
databases in function assignment, use of SNPs for identification of genetic traits. Gene/Protein function prediction using
computational tools. Gross base composition of nuclear genome, Gene density, CpG islands, RNA-encoding genes,
Functionally identical/similar genes, Diversity in size and organization of genes,Comparative Genomics: Overview of
prokaryotic and eukaryotic genomes, Conservation and diversity of genomes, Comparative genomics as an aid to gene
mapping and study of human disease genes.Functional genomics: Transcriptome and its analysis, gene silencing, Disease
and genomics.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Demonstrate knowledge on stoichiometry, energetics of metabolism and principles of metabolic engineering.
 Provide a quantitative basis, based on thermodynamics, enzyme kinetics, for the understanding of metabolic networks
in single cells and at the organ level.
 Utilize organisms to produce valuable metabolites on an industrial scale in cost effective manner.
 Elaborate the basic aspects and applications of Functional Genomics.

103
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic
requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out of
50) in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome defined
for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be reduced
proportionally to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Metabolic Engineering: Concepts and Applications by Sang Yup Lee, Jens Nielsen, Gregory Stephanopoulos,Elsevier
Science,2021.
 Metabolic Engineering by S. Y. Lee, E.T. Papoutsakis, Marcel Dekker, 2008.
 Understanding the Control of Metabolism byF.David, Portland Press, 2004
 The regulation of cellular systems by R. Heinrich and S., Schuster, , Springer Science & Business Media, 1996.
 Introduction to Genomics by Arthur M. Lesk, Oxford University Press, 2012.
 Bioinformatics and Functional Genomics by Jonathan Pevsner, Wiley-Blackwell, 2015.
 Functional Genomics by Meroni G, Intech Open, 2014.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_bt18/preview
 https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-metabolic-engineering-23049
 https://www.careers360.com/university/indian-institute-of-technology-kharagpur/metabolic-engineering-certification-
course
 https://www.technologyed.org/amergradschool/metabolic-engineering-online-course-certificate/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/102104056
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource

104
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

● AV presentation by students (on topics as per choice of the teacher)
● Online tools for surprise quizzes
● Collection of case studies via newspaper on topics covered
● Discussion on recent advancements and case studies.

NANOBIOTECHNOLOGY
Course Code 21BT725 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 Tounderstandtheprinciples and applicationsofnano-biotechnology.
 Tolearnthesynthesis and characterization techniques in nanobiotechnology.
 Tocomprehendthecurrentapplicationsof nanobiotechnology in diagnostics and therapeutics, knowing the safety
issues.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (8 Hours)
INTRODUCTION:
A Brief History, Definition of nanotechnology, Nanobiotechnology v/s Bionanotechnology, Bottom-Up versus Top-Down
approaches; Methods of synthesis of nanoparticles – Physical (bead mill, laser ablation) chemical (sol-gel, precipitation,
chemical reduction) and biological (use of microbes, enzymes, plant materials), parameters affecting nanoparticle growth,
shape, size and structure. Structure-property relationships in materials, Nanolithography-UV and electron beam. Fabrication
in Soft Materials: Hydrogels/PDMS/other polymers for biological applications
Module-2 (8 Hours)
NANOMATERIALS AND THEIR CHARACTERIZATION :
Fullerenes - Buckyballs, carbon nanotubes, Carriers, Dendrimers, Nanoparticles, Nanocomposites, Nanoshells, Quantum
Dot, Principle, Instrumentation and applications of UV, FTIR, Raman shift, Surface Plasmon resonance (SPR), SEM, TEM,
Atomic force microscopy Dynamic light scattering (DLS), XRD.

Module-3 (8 Hours)
NANOMOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS:
Rationale of Nanotechnology for molecular diagnostics, Bio-functionalization methods,Nanoparticles like Gold, Quantum
Dots, and Magnetic Nanoparticles in diagnostics, Bio-nanohybrids-with relevant applications. Nanopore technology, Nano
arrays. Nanobiosensors: cantilever, carbon nanotube, nanowires. Pathogen detection by magnetic nanoparticle-based
techniques. Miniaturized devices in nanobiotechnology - types and applications, lab on a chip concept.
Module-4 (8 Hours)
BIOMEDICAL AND LIFE SCIENCES APPLICATIONS:
Introduction to nanomedicine, nanocapsules, nanorobots, nanopharmacology. Use of micro needles and nanoparticles for
local highly controlled drug delivery. Nanotechnology products and applications in ocular, oncology, neurology and
cardiology. Functions and applications of DNA based nanostructures, Biomimetic fabrication of DNA based metallic
nanowires and networks, Biomolecular nanomotors (ATP synthase complex and flagella).
Module-5 (8 Hours)
ETHICS, SAFETY AND REGULATORY ASPECTS :
Introduction, ethical, legal and social implications of Nano medicine, and nano-bio-products, Safety concerns- Health
Risks, and Challenges. Assessment of the toxic effects of nanoparticles based on in-vitro & In-Vivo experiments. Case
studies. Environmental effects, public perceptions, Guidelines and regulatory aspects and evaluation of Nano
105
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

pharmaceuticals in India, Europe and USA, challenges and risks associated with Markets for Nano medicine. Trends in
Research and education.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Elaborate theprinciples and applicationsofnano-biotechnology.
 Apply the synthesis and characterization techniques in nanobiotechnology.
 Demonstrate thecurrentapplicationsof nanobiotechnology in diagnostics and therapeutics, knowing the safety
issues.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic
requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out
of 50) in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be proportionally
reduced to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:
 Nanoparticle technology handbook byMasuo Hosokawa, Elsvier, 2012.
 Nanotechnology in biology and medicine by Tuvan ho Dhin, CRC press, 2006.
 The handbook of nanomedicine byKewal K. Jain, Humana press, 2008.
 Essential of nanotechnology byJereme Ramsden, Ventus publishing, 2006.
 NanoBiotechnology Protocols by Sandra J. Rosenthal and David W. Wright, Humana press, 2005.
 Nanobiotechnology Human Health and the Environment, by Alok Dhawan, Sanjay Singh, Ashutosh Kumar
Rishi Shanker, CRC Oress, 2018.
 The nanobiotechnology handbook by Yubing Xie, CRC press, 2013.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://www.udemy.com/course/nanotechnology
 https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=nanotechnology
 https://stores.biotecnika.org/products/nanobiotechnology-certification-course
 https://www.edx.org/learn/nanotechnology
 https://www.classcentral.com/subject/nanotechnology
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ebO38bbq0_4
 https://www.coursera.org/lecture/nanotechnology/welcome-to-the-course-apP2j
 https://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/102107058/L03.html
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource

106
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

● Online tools for surprise quizzes
● Collection of case studies via Newspapers/Journal articles, on topics covered
● Group discussions on recent advancements
● Class Presentations and discussions of research articles from publications

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE COURSE - III

SYSTEMS BIOLOGY & RATIONAL DRUG DESIGN

Course Code 21BT731 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To understand the basic concepts of biological networks, their models, tools and statistical measures to
characterize their properties.
 To learn the basic concepts, principles and methods of metabolic engineering networks and flux balance analysis.
 To understand the process of drug development, from target identification to final drug registration via
computationa tools.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry-based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (8 Hours)
INTRODUCTION :
Introduction and basic concepts in biological systems. Genotype-phenotype mapping - Concepts of genotypes and
phenotypes, genotype networks and fitness landscapes. Gene regulation networks - Negative and positive regulation in
transcription networks. Feed-forward loops - Oscillatory circuits. Optimality and robustness - Robustness in biological
systems. Principles of optimality. Stochasticity in biological processes.
Module-2 (8 Hours)
NETWORK BIOLOGY :
Introduction to Static Networks, Network Biology and Applications, Reconstruction of Biological Networks, Dynamic
Modelling of Biological Systems: Introduction, Solving ODEs & Parameter Estimation, Constraint-based approaches to
Modelling Metabolic Networks, Perturbations to Metabolic Networks, Elementary Modes, Applications of Constraint-based
Modelling, Metabolic Flux balance Analysis, Modelling Regulation, Host-pathogen interactions, Robustness of Biological
Systems.
Module-3 (8 Hours)
MICROARRAYS AND GENE EXPRESSION:
Microarrays (gene expression arrays/CGH arrays). Metabolic networks and flux analysis. Metabolic engineering. DNA
Microarrays, Gene Expression Data Analysis, Metabolic Pathways, Gene Regulation, Cellular Signalling, Protein-Protein
Interactions, Topology of Molecular Networks. Computational Analysis of Molecular Networks, Dynamics of Molecular
Networks, Dynamics of Molecular Networks, Molecular Networks, Phenotype, & Disease, Proteomics and Systems
Biology. Tools for systems biology: Pathway Mapping through KEGG, Cytoscape, Virtual Cell.
Module-4 (8 Hours)

107
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

DRUG DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT:

Rational Approaches to Drug Design and Development, Drug targets, Lead Identification and Modification, Computer-
Aided Drug Design, Drug Delivery, Pre-clinical and Clinical Testing. Steps in Computational drug design: Molecular
Modelling, Importance of the Bioactive Conformation, Molecular Mimicry, Structural Similarities and Superimposition
Techniques,Three – Dimensional Description of Binding Site Environment and Energy Calculation, Automatic Docking
Methods, Database Search Approaches, Structure Construction Methods with known and unknown 3D Structures of the
Receptor, Web based programs available for molecular modelling, molecular docking, energy minimization techniques,
ADME studies and validations.
Module-5 (8 Hours)

PROTEOMICS AND SYSTEMS BIOLOGY:

Application in Drug Discovery and Development, Systems Biology Approaches and Tools for Analysis of Interactomes and
Multi-target Drugs, Translational Bioinformatics and Systems Biology Approaches for Personalized Medicine, Systems
Biology Methods for Disease Treatment and Translational Medicine: Systems Biology and Inflammation, Systems Biology
of Cardiovascular Drugs, Cancer Systems Biology, Systemic Lupus Erythematosus: From Genes to Organ Damage, Systems
Biology of Influenza, Methods in Systems Biology of Experimental Methamphetamine Drug Abuse, Systems Biology and
Theranostic Approach to Drug Discovery and Development to Treat Traumatic Brain Injury.

Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Present the basic concepts of biological networks, their models, tools and statistical parameters.
 Explain the basic concepts, principles and methods of metabolic engineering networks and flux balance analysis.
 Apply the tools and techniques used in the process of drug development, from target identification to final drug
registration.

108
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic
requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out
of 50) in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be proportionally
reduced to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 A First Course in Systems Biology by Voit E ,Garland Science, 2012
 Systems biology byKlipp E, Wiley-VCH, 2009.
 Networks: an introduction. By Newman, Oxford Univ. Press. MEJ, 2011.
 An Introduction to Systems Biology: Design Principles of Biological Circuits. By Alon, Uri. Chapman& Hall /
CRC, 2006.
 Systems Biology: Properties of Reconstructed Networks byPalsson, Bernhard O. New York, Cambridge
University Press, 2006.
 Optimization Methods in Metabolic Networks. Costas D. Maranas and Ali R. Zomorrodi. John Wiley & Sons,
2016.
 Systems Biology by Edda Klipp, Wolfram Liebermeister, Christoph Wierling, Axel Kowald,Wiley-Blackwell
2016.
 Systems Biology in Drug Discovery and Development: Methods and Protocols by Qing Yan, Humana
Press,2010.
 An Introduction to Systems Biology: Design Principles of Biological Circuits by Alon, U. ,1st ed. CRC Press.
Chapman and Hall/CRC. 2006.
 Big Mechanisms in Systems Biology. Big Data Mining, Network Modeling, and Genome-Wide Data
Identification by Bor-Sen Chen, Cheng-Wei Li, Academic Press,2016.

109
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

● https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=system%20biology
● https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_bt08/preview
● https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/8-591j-systems-biology-fall-2014/
● https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/systems-biology
● https://ep.jhu.edu/courses/605755-systems-biology/
● https://www.ebi.ac.uk/training/search-results?query=systems-
biology&domain=ebiweb_training&page=1&facets=
● Systems Biology, IIT Madras Dr. M. Vijayalakshmi
● https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/8-591j-systems-biology-fall-2014/
● https://www.coursera.org/learn/systems-biology
● https://nptel.ac.in/courses/102106035
● https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_bt08
● Gunnar’s Crash Course in Systems Biology. Online-lectures
● Computational systems biology in drug discovery and development: methods and applications:
https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S1359644607000943
● Advanced Systems Biology Methods in Drug Discovery and Translational Biomedicine - BioMed Research
International
● VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● AV presentation by students (on topics as per choice of the teacher)
● Online tools for surprise quizzes
● Collection of case studies via newspaper on topics covered
● Discussion on recent advancements and case studies.

FOOD PROCESSING AND NUTRACEUTICALS

Course Code 21BT732 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To acquaint students with fundamentals of foods and key factors for accessing the food nutritional quality.
 To develop understanding about food spoilage and methods to arrest the same.
 To make students learn and apply basics of food processing and the techniques involved.
 To open channels on nutraceuticals and the linked career opportunities.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry based teaching.
2. Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
3. Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
4. Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
5. Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
6. Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
7. Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
8. Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (8 Hours)
Introduction to Food and its qualities: Food: definition and broad connotation, types and groups of foods. Sources,
nutritive value, Functions of food- physiological, psychological and social. Constituents: major nutrients: carbohydrates
and dietary fibre, lipids and proteins; and minor nutrients: Vitamins- Fat and water soluble and, Minerals. Anti-nutritional
factors in foods. Proximate analysis. Balance diet, BMI and calorie intake. Preventive healthcare through nutritive foods
(local, seasonal and traditional). Dieting, food faddism and faulty food habits. Malnutrition (under and over nutritional
conditions), Colloidal System in food
Module-2 (8 Hours)

110
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Spoilage of food and its detection: Pre- and Post-harvest losses, food deterioration, contamination. Food spoilage -
physical, chemical, biological (macrobiotic and microbial) sources. Factors affecting spoilageand its detection. Synopsis
of common food-borne bacteria, genera of molds, genera of yeasts, Food borne infection and intoxication.
Module-3 (8 Hours)
Food Preservation Technologies and Fermentation:. Food Preservation: High and Low temperature, Radiation, drying
and Chemical. Role of packaging and storage in preserving nutrients. Regulations and food safety. FSSAI, HACCP, ISO
in food business.Food Fermentation: Fermented foods – Production of Bread, Cheese and Sauerkraut.
Fermentation of wines, distilled liquor, vinegar, Fermented Dairy products.
Module-4 (8 Hours)
Food processing, Product Development and Entrepreneurship: Meaning and scope of Food Processing, principles and
types. Sorting, grading and pre-processing steps for important food groups: Cereals, Pulses, Fruits and vegetables, Milk &
milk products, Eggs, Meat, poultry and fish, Fats and Oils, Sugars. Effect of food processing on food, nutritional losses
during processing, storage. Methods to minimize nutrient losses. Methods of Food Processing. Green technologies, 3-D
printing, vegan products processing (mimetics), packaging and Labelling of Foods. Food Product Development, challenges,
Market surveybvia Case studies and Food start ups/ Entrepreneurship. .
Module-5 (8 Hours)
Nutraceuticals: Meaning, functions, role as ‘non-specific’ biological therapies for promoting general well-being, and
prevent malignant processes. Types: Dietary supplements, Functional food, Medicinal food, and Pharmaceuticals.
Phytonutrients (carotenoids, flavonoids, phytoestrogens, phenolics etc) and Probiotics, applications. Immunity enhancement
through nutraceuticals. Disease management through nutraceuticals. Health consciousness in consumers in post pandemic
world. Indian market of nutraceuticals, potential.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Understand the basics of food science and nutrition and apply its concepts in Food Processing.
 Apply the methods and techniques in Quality Control and Preservation to prevent Food borne infections.
 Apply the principles of Food Processing in product development and Entrepreneurship.
 Elucidate usefulness of nutraceuticals for managing health and wellbeing.

111
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic
requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out
of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be proportionally
reduced to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Food Science by Potter, Norman. M. and Hotchkiss, Jospeh. N., 5th e book edition. CBS Publishers, 2021.
 Foods: Facts and Principles byManay, S.; Shadakshara Swamy, M., , 4 th Ed. New Age Publishers. 2004.
 Food Processing Technology -Principles and Practice by P.J. Fellows.. A volume in Woodhead Publishing Series in
Food Science, Technology and Nutrition (Third Edition). 2009.
 Food Processing: Principles and Applications byRamaswamy H and Marcott M.. CRC Press, 2006.
 Food Chemistry by Meyer. New Age Publishers, 2004
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
● https://alison.com/course/food-processing-technology-and-quality-of-food
● https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=food%20science
● https://www.futurelearn.com/subjects/nature-and-environment-courses/food-tech
● https://www.edx.org/learn/food-science
● https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-functional-foods-and-nutraceuticals-14069
● https://www.udemy.com/course/introduction-to-nutraceuticals/
● https://teachers-ab.libguides.com/c.php?g=710613&p=5063458
● https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=food%20science
● https://teachers-ab.libguides.com/c.php?g=710613&p=5063458
● https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=food%20science
● VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource OLRs:

112
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

● AV presentation by students (on topics as per choice of the teacher)
● Online tools for surprise quizzes
● Collection of case studies via newspaper on topics covered
● Discussion on recent advancements and case studies.

PHARMACEUTICAL BT AND CLINICAL RESEARCH

Course Code 21BT733 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 Tolearnabout principles of drugdesign, formulation and manufacture.
 Tounderstandimportanceofpharmacokinetics&pharmacodynamicsstudy.
 Tounderstand thetechnqiues and applicationsof Pharmaceutical &ClinicalBiotechnology.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry-based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 8. Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (8 Hours)
DRUGMANUFACTURE ANDFORMULATION:
Introductiontopharmaindustry,BiotechnologyandDrugdesign,Basicconceptsandapplications,composition, preparation,
physicochemical considerations in manufacture of current biotech products &
herbalmedicines.Needofformulationandformulationdevelopmentconsiderations.Concept&testingofpreformulation
&theirparameters.Tablets:compressed,granulation,coatings,pills,capsules.Parentalpreparations,herbalextracts,Oralliquids,
Ointments.Analyticalmethodsandtestsforvariousdrugs,packagingtechniques-
Glasscontainers,plasticcontainers,filmwrapper,bottleseals;storageandstabilityof biotechproducts.
Module-2 (8 Hours)
PHARMACOKINETICSANDPHARMACODYNAMICS:
Pharmacodynamics and Pharmacokinetics of protein based drugs. Disease target identification and selection,receptor-based
approaches, agonists, antagonists, enzyme inhibitors Basic concepts, ADME definitions, Needof pharmacokinetic study;
Interpretations from pharmacokinetics parameters, Examples of
Pharmacodynamicparametersofvariousdrugs;EvolutionofDrugMetabolismPhaseIMetabolism(microsomaloxidation,
hydroxylation,dealkylation) Phase IIMetabolism(Drugconjugationpathway) CYPFamilies-casestudy.
Module-3 (8 Hours)
PHARMACOTHERAPY:
Classification of drugs based on therapeutic actions using suitable examples Special emphasis on
Vitamins,coldremedies,laxatives,analgesics,non-steroidalcontraceptives,externalantiseptics,antacids,antibiotics,
biologicals, herbal products. Pharmacotherapy of migraine, cancer, TB, diabetes and male sexual
dysfunction.Hormonereplacementtherapy.
Module-4 (8 Hours)
BIOTHERAPEUTICSANDSTEMCELLS:
Clinical importance of Therapeutic Proteins and Enzymes; Hormones and Growth Factors used as
therapeutics(erythropoietin & insulin as examples). Interferons, Interleukins, Preservation and clinical use of blood
andblood components, principles and safety guide lines for blood transfusion. Advanced Sustained
Release,AdvanceddrugDeliverySystems: Liposomesand Nanoparticles,biodegradabledrugdeliverysystem
(hydrogelbased).
Module-5 (8 Hours)

113
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

CLINICALRESEARCH:
The philosophy behind and organization of clinical research. Pre-clinical development to support testing
inhumans:Invitroandinvivotestingofnewcompounds,Relationshipbetweenanimalandhumanpharmacology.Safetytesting–
acute,subacutetoxicology,immunotoxicology,Conceptsofpharmacovigilance,Generalprinciplesandguidetodatasources,typ
esofepidemiologystudydesigns,ecological(correlation)studies,casereports,prevalencesurveysorcross-
sectionalstudies,casecontrolstudies,Clinicaltrials-
informedconsent,PlaceboResponses,ClinicalRegistries.ClinicalResearchInstitutes,
DataManagement,ClinicalResearchfromPharmaceutical Industry.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Apply the basics of biology in drug discovery, drug formulation, the infrastructural requirements and safety issues in
line with the FDA requirements.
 Analyse the Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics parameters, toxicology and mode of action of drugs.
 Apply the principles of pharmacology to conventional and stem cell based therapeutics and disorders.

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic
requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out
of 50) in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be proportionally
reduced to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Biopharmaceuticals,Biochemistry andBiotechnology by GaryWalsh, WileyPub. 1998.
 Principles of MedicinalChemistry by Foye LippincottWilliams&WilkinsPublishers SixthEdition, 2008.
 IndustrialPharmaceutical Biotechnology by HeinrichKlefenz Wiley-VCHedition, 2002.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=pharmaceutical
 https://www.cfpie.com/pharma-biotech
 https://www.classcentral.com/tag/biotechnology
 https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=clinical%20research

114
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

 https://ocr.od.nih.gov/courses/ippcr.html
 https://www.udemy.com/topic/clinical-research/
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Online tools for surprise quizzes
 Collection of case studies via Newspapers/Journal articles, on topics covered
 Group discussions on recent advancements and case studies.
 Class Presentations and discussions of research articles from publications

AGRICULTURAL BIOTECHNOLOGY AND CROP IMPROVEMENT

Course Code 21BT734 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To provide a firm understanding of the principles and application of agriculture biotechnology.
 To provide opportunity to understand the current advancements and barriers in crop improvement.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry-based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.

Module-1 (8 Hours)
TISSUE CULTURE AND ITS RELEVANCE IN AGRICULTURE:
Definitions, terminologies and scope of Biotechnology in Agriculture. Tissue culture- History, Tissue Culture Media, callus,
Totipotency, suspension cultures, cloning; Regeneration; Somatic Embryogenesis; Anther culture; somatic hybridization
techniques; Meristem, ovary and embryo culture; cryopreservation.
Module-2 (8 Hours)
PLANT PROPAGATION:
Micropropagation. Meristem culture and production of virus-free plants. anther and microspore culture. Embryo and ovary
culture. Protoplast isolation. Protoplast fusion-somatic hybrids, cybrids. Somaclones. Synthetic seeds. In vitro germplasm
conservation, hardening and acclimatization.
Module-3 (8 Hours)
MOLECULAR MARKERS AND BREEDING:
Molecular mapping and tagging of agronomically important traits. Statistical tools in marker analysis, Marker-assisted
selection for qualitative and quantitative traits; QTLs analysis in crop plants, Gene pyramiding.Marker assisted selection
and molecular breeding; Genomics and genoinformatics for crop improvement; Integrating functional genomics information
on agronomically/economically important traits in plant breeding; Marker-assisted backcross breeding for rapid
introgression. DNA finger printing, gene silencing.
Module-4 (8 Hours)
GENE TRANSFER AND EXPRESSION:
Regulation of gene expression. Recombinant DNA technology-cloning vectors, restriction enzymes, gene cloning. Methods
of gene transfer in plants. method of transformation, vector-mediated gene transfer, physical methods of gene transfer.
Development of transgenies for biotic & abiotic stress tolerance. Ribozfore Technology microarray, terminator technology,
nanotechnology in Gene transfer. Production of transgenic plants in various field crops: cotton, wheat, maize, rice, soybean,
oilseeds, sugarcane etc. Commercial releases.
Module-5 (8 Hours)

115
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

CROP MANAGEMENT AND SEED TECHNOLOGY

Seed Technology - Seed technology and its importance; production processing and testing of seeds of crop plants; seed
storage, seed certification; role of NSC in production; New seed policy and seed control order, Terminator Technology.-
Impact of The High Yielding And Short Duration Varieties OnCropping Patterns; Concepts Of Multiple Cropping, Relay
Cropping And Inter-Cropping and Their Importance.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Demonstrate a firm understanding of the principles and application of agriculture biotechnology.
 Apply the current methodologies towards crop improvement.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic
requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out
of 50) in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be proportionally
reduced to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Genetic Engineering and Biotechnology: Concepts, Methods and Applications by Chopra VL &Nasim A. Oxford
& IBH. 1990.
 Elements of Biotechnology by Gupta PK, Rastogi Publ. 1997.
 An Introduction to Recombinant DNA Technology: Basic Experiments in Gene Manipulation by Hackett PB,
Fuchs JA & Messing JW2nd Ed. Benjamin Publ. Co., 1988.
 Molecular Cloning, a Laboratory Manual by Sambrook J &Russel D.,3rd Ed. Cold Spring Harbor Lab. Press. 2001.
 Biotechnology, Expanding Horizons by Singh BD. Kalyani. 2005.
 Molecular Biology & Genetic Engineering by L M Narayanan, A. Mani, A.M Selvaraj, N Arumugam, Padmalatha
Singh, Saras Publication. 2014

116
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://www.classcentral.com/course/food-production-agricultural-technology-plant-bio-14399
 https://www.futurelearn.com/courses/food-production-agricultural-technology-plant-biotechnology
 https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/plant-biotechnology
 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_bt21/preview
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Class Presentations and discussions of research articles from publications.
 Online tools for surprise quizzes.
 Collection of case studies via Newspapers/Journal articles, on topics covered.
 Group discussions on recent advancements and case studies.

SYNTHETIC BIOLOGY AND TISSUE ENGINEERING

Course Code 21BT735 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To understand the fundamental principles of tissue engineering and synthetic biology.
 To apply the principles and processes for development of engineered biomaterials.
 To pick up related computational skills, software and tools for designing specific applications.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry-based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1 (8 Hours)
INTRODUCTION TO SYNTHETIC BIOLOGY:
History, current, and future. Introduction to tissue engineering: Basic definition; current scope of development; use in
therapeutics, cells astherapeutic agents, cell numbers and growth rates, measurement of cell characteristics morphology,
numberviability,motilityandfunctions.Measurementoftissuecharacteristics,appearance,cellularcomponent,ECM
component,mechanicalmeasurementsandphysicalproperties.
Module-2 (8 Hours)
APPLICATIONS OF SYNTHETIC BIOLOGY:
Applications of synthetic biology. Synthetic and Biological Substitutes, Cell Therapy and Tissue engineering. Tissue
Organization and Tissue Dynamics, The cell component in tissue engineering, Cell types and their origin, Compartment
models for cell differentiation (tutorial), Cell nutrition, Diffusion, Chemotaxis.
Module-3 (8 Hours)
APPLICATIONS OF GENETIC CIRCUITS :
Biological background of gene regulation. Experimental foundation for gene circuit construction. Mathematical modelling
and simulation. Engineered functional circuits: from modules and systems. Bacterial circuits: Feedback, feed-forward,
signal propagators, and band filter. Bacterial communication circuits: Population control and patterning systems. Bacterial
communication circuits: Synchronized oscillators. Functional synthetic systems: From modules to systems. Gene circuit
design and engineering: Biobricks/BioFAB and designing softwares. Synthetic circuits beyond bacteria: Phage, virus, and
eukaryotic. In vitro/cell-free systems. Applications: Biomedicine and Biomaterials, Biofuels and Bioremediation.
Module-4 (8 Hours)

117
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

TISSUE ENGINEERING :
Introduction to tissue engineering: Basic definition; current scope of development; use in therapeutics, cells as therapeutic
agents, cell numbers and growth rates, measurement of cell characteristics morphology, number viability, motility and
functions. Measurement of tissue characteristics ,appearance, cellular component, ECM component, mechanical
measurements and physical properties.
Module-5 (8 Hours)
TISSUE ARCHITECTURE AND BIOMATERIALS :
Tissue types and Tissue components, Tissue repair, Engineering wound healing and sequence of events. Basic wound
healing Applications of growth factors: VEGF/angiogenesis, Basic properties, Cell-Matrix& Cell-Cell Interactions,
telomeres and Self-renewal, Control of cell migration in tissue engineering. Biomaterials: Properties of biomaterials,Surface,
bulk, mechanical and biological properties. Scaffolds & tissue engineering, Types of biomaterials, biological and synthetic
materials, Biopolymers, Applications of biomaterials, Modifications of Biomaterials, Role of Nanotechnology.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 To demonstrate the fundamental principles of tissue engineering and synthetic biology.
 To apply the principles and processes for development of engineered biomaterials.
 To list related computational tools for designing specific utilities.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic
requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out
of 50) in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be proportionally
reduced to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Synthetic Biology: Tools and Applications by H. Zhao, Academic Press, 2013.
 Tissue Engineering by Clemens Van Bliterswijk, Academic Press; 2nd edition,2014.
 Tissue Engineering by Bernhard Palsson and Sangeeta Bhatia, Pearson, 2003.
 Tissue Engineering by Palsson, Hubbell, Plonsey and Bronzino, CRC Press, 2003.
 Tissue Engineering by Bernhard O.Palsson, Sangeeta N.Bhatia, Pearson Publishers 2009.

118
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

 Fundamentals of Tissue Engineering and Regenerative Medicine by Meyer, U, Meyer, Th. Handschel, J.
Wiesmann, H.P. 2009.
 Stem cell transplantation, tissue engineering, and cancer applications by Bernard N. Kennedy (editor).Nova Science
Publishers, 2008.
 Stem cell-based tissue repair by Raphael Gorodetsky, Richard Schäfer. RSC Publishing, 2011.
 Handbook of Stem Cells, R. Lanza, I. Weissman, J. Thomson, and R. Pedersen, Two- Volume, Volume 1-2:
Volume 1-Embryonic Stem Cells; Volume 2-Adult & Fetal Stem Cells, Academic Press, 2004.
 Essential of Stem Cell Biology, R. Lanza, J. Gearhart etal (Eds), Elsevier Academic press,2006.
 Translational Approaches In Tissue Engineering & Regenrative Medicine by J. J. Mao, G. Vunjak-Novakovic et
al (Eds), Artech House, INC Publications, 2008.
 Stem Cell Repair and Regeneration by Naggy N. Habib, M.Y. Levicar, , L. G. Jiao,.and N. Fisk,volume-2,
Imperial College Press,2007.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
● https://www.edx.org/course/principles-of-synthetic-biology
● https://www.coursera.org/lecture/genes/synthetic-biology-8CrH2
● https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/synthetic-biology
● https://www.ibiology.org/playlists/synthetic-biology/
● https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-plant-physiology-and-plant-tissue-culture-14238
● https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-tissue-engineering-14337
● https://www.classcentral.com/course/tissue101-494
● https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_bt33/preview
● VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Jingge Ma, Chengtie Wu, Bioactive inorganic particles‐based biomaterials for skin tissue engineering,
Exploration, Wiley Online Library10.1002/EXP.20210083, (2022).
 Journal of Tissue Engineering
 Synthetic Biology - in Bioengineering and Biotechnology
 Synthetic biology meets tissue engineering - PMC - NCBI
 Front. Bioeng. Biotechnol., 11 September 2020 | https://doi.org/10.3389/fbioe.2020.01009
 Online tools for surprise quizzes
 Collection of case studies via Newspapers/Journal articles, on topics covered
 Group discussions on recent advancements and case studies.

119
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

OPEN ELECTIVE COURSE - II

BIOMATERIALS AND MEDICAL IMPLANTS

Course Code 21BT741 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To Provide graduate-level foundation on biomaterial principles.
 To Discuss the concepts of surfaces & interfaces in biomaterial interactions.
 To Discuss cellular and molecular aspects of host responses to biomaterials.
 To understand the concepts related to Design and development of biomedical implants.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry-based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.

Module-1 (8 Hours)
INTRODUCTION TO BIOMATERIALS:
Historical developments, definition and classification of biomaterials, impact of biomaterials, mechanical properties,
wound healing process, tissue response to implants, safety and efficiency testing, bio-compatibility. Metallic and Ceramic
Biomaterials: Stainless steel, cobalt chromium alloys, titanium based alloys, nitinol, metallic corrosion, medical
applications, biological tolerance of implant metals. Case studies.
Module-2 (8 Hours)
SYNTHETIC POLYMERS:
Relatively bioinert bioceramics, biodegradable ceramics, surface reactive or bioactive ceramics, composites, analysis of
ceramic surfaces, deterioration of ceramics, medical applications, Nano-composites. Synthetic and Biopolymers: Polymers
in biomedical use, biodegradable synthetic polymers, silicone rubber, plasma polymerization, microorganism in polymeric
implants, bio polymers, polymer sterilization. Case studies.
Module-3 (8 Hours)
BIOCOMPATIBILITY:
Wound healing process-bone healing, tendon healing. Material response: Function and Degradation of materials in vivo.
Host response: Tissue response to biomaterials, Testing of bone implants: Methods of test for biological performance- In
vitro implant tests, Qualification of implant materials. Case studies.
Module-4 (8 Hours)
CARDIOVASCULAR BIOMATERIALS:
Tissue properties of blood vessels, Treatments of atherosclerosis; Biomechanical design issues pertaining to stents,
balloon angioplasty, and pacemakers. Soft Tissue Reconstruction; Natural and Synthetic. Wound healing. Tissue
ingrowths: Stability; Biofixation, Foreign Body response, Soft implants. Case Studies. Tissue Engineering: Current issues
and Future Directions. Case studies.
Module-5 (8 Hours)
IMPLANTABLE DEVICES:
Implantable Cardiovascular Assist Devices, Artificial RBC Substitutes, Orthopedic Applications, Dental Implants,
Adhesives and Sealants, Ophthalmological Applications (Various types of contact lenses, Intra Ocular Lens Implant),
Cochlear Prostheses. Case studies.

120
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Express a range of potential biomaterial and implants as specific treatments options.
 Outline all parameters needed to optimize the design of implants and devices.
 Identify the advantages and disadvantages of materials in terms of its compatibilities, biological responses, and
degradation.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic
requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out
of 50) in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be proportionally
reduced to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 An Introduction to Biomaterials byJ. B. Park and R. S. Lakes, Springer, 2007.
 Biological Performance of materials byJ. Black, Taylor &Francis, 2005.
 Biomaterials Science: An Introduction to Materials in Medicine by Buddy D. Ratner et al. Elsevier, 2004.
 Essential Biomaterials: Cambridge Texts in Biomedical Engineering by David Williams 2014, 1st edition.
 Polymeric Biomaterials by Piskin and A S Hoffmann, MartinusNijhoff Springer, 1986.
 Wearable And Implantable Medical Devices by Dey Nilanjan, Acad Press, 2019
 Biopolymers for Medical Applications, By Juan M. Ruso and Paula V. Messina, CRC Pressm 2017
 Biointegration of Medical Implant Materials: Science and Design by Chandra P. Sharma, Elsevier, 2019

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://www.udemy.com/course/draft/3729862/
 https://www.edx.org/learn/biomaterials
 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_bt12/preview
 https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/biomaterials
 https://www.coursera.org/lecture/industrial-biotech/biomaterials-engineering-cell-niches-hydrogels-p5lVD

121
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_bt12/preview
 https://www.edx.org/course/biofabrication
 https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/20-441j-biomaterials-tissue-interactions-fall-2009/
 https://engineering.purdue.edu/online/courses/introduction-biomaterials
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● Journal of Applied Biomaterials & Functional Materials
● https://www.journals.elsevier.com/biomaterials
● Journal of Biotechnology & Biomaterials
● AV presentation by students (on topics as per choice of the teacher)
● Online tools for surprise quizzes
● Collection of case studies via Newspapers/Journal articles, on topics covered
● Group discussions on recent advancements and case studies.

BIOSENSORS AND APPLICATIONS

Course Code 21BT742 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To learn about different classes of biosensors, their functioning principles and real-life applications.
 To Understand the principles and concepts of transducers and their application in biosensor design.
 To Understand the fundamentals of diagnostic devices and biomarker testing.
 To Understand the technical and societal factors involved in point-of-care diagnostics and wearable sensors.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry-based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.

Module-1 (8 Hours)
INTRODUCTIONTOBIOSENSORS:Conceptsandapplications.Biosensor classificationtheir transducing elements and
biological recognition elements. Electrochemicalsensors,Thermometric Biosensors, Chemicalfibrosensors,Ion-
selectiveFETs, Optical Biosensors,Conductometric, Amperometric, Impedimetric, Piezoelectric Biosensors, Whole Cell
Biosensors, Immuno-Biosensors. Overview of biosensor applications in medicine, food, agriculture, water and
environment, with relevant case studies.
Module-2 (8 Hours)
BIOMOLECULES IN BIOSENSORS:
DNA, enzyme, antibody, antigen, protein, peptide, aptamer. Case studies and examples of each. Amplification Techniques
(PCR), ELISA (enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay). Biomarker testing and detection sensor. Surface plasmon resonance
biosensors (Biacore), Catalytic biosensors (glucosensor), Antibodies based biosensors, DNA based biosensors,
Nanomaterial in biosensor technology.
Module-3 (8 Hours)
ELEMENTS IN BIOSENSORS :
Biomolecule Immobilization Techniques, Enzyme Kinetics. Optimization of desired characteristics of biosensors:
sensitivity, selectivity, stability, detection limit, reliability, response time, reproducibility, range and linearity, safety,
simplicity, cost, and parameters like operating conditions, calibration, positive and negative controls. Bio Affinity: Labelled
and Label free, whole cell sensing – bacteria, yeast, mammalian cell.
Module-4 (8 Hours)

122
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

BASICS OF DETECTION METHODS:

Fluorescence Spectroscopy, UV-Vis Absorption and Emission, Surface Plasmon Resonance, Magnetic labelling,
Electrochemical Detection, redox processes, and electron transfer. Electrochemical cells for measurements, processes at
electrode surface, and mass transport of material to the electrode surface. Active DC electrochemical techniques:
voltammetry and amperometry, immobilized enzyme-electrodes. Impedance Spectroscopy. Potentiometry for small
molecule and ion detection. Fluorescence and colorimetric biosensors.
Module-5 (8 Hours)
BIOSENSORS IN DIAGNOSTICS :
Point-of-care sensing: microfluidics and paper-based diagnostics, Point-of-care sensing: yarn and textile-based sensing.
Mobile Biosensors for detection of viruses and bacteria. MicrofabricatedSensorsandtheCommercialDevelopmentof
wearable Biosensors for health monitoring. Biosensor market and its growth potential. Innovative and Novel developments.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Elaborate the principles and concepts of biology, electrochemistry, electronics and engineering involved in the
design of biosensors
 Recognize different types of transducers, and their application in biosensor design
 Apply principles and concepts of sensing and engineering in the design and evaluation of biosensors for detection
of markers in biofluids and point-of-care point-of-care diagnostic devices.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic
requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out
of 50) in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be proportionally
reduced to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

123
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Biomedical Transducers and Instruments by Tatsuo Togawa, Toshiyo Tamura, P. AKE Oberg, CRC Press 1997.
 Biosensors by A.E.GGass, IRL Press, 1990.
 Introduction to Bioanalytical Sensor by Alice Cunningham, John Wiley and Sons, 1998.
 Introduction to Biosensors by Jeong-Yeol Yoon; Publisher: Springer-Verlag New York Ed.1 2. Recognition
Receptors in Biosens.by Mohammed Zourob; Publisher: Springer-Verlag New York Ed.1 3.
 Novel Approaches in Biosensors and Rapid Diagnostic Assays by Zvi Liron; Publisher: Springer US Ed.1
 Smart Sensors by Paul W. Chapman, ISA Press
 Understanding Smart Sensors by Randy Frank, 2nd Edition, ArtechHouse Publications, 2000.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://www.edx.org/course/principles-of-electronic-biosensors
 https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/biosensors
 https://www.futurelearn.com/info/courses/music-moves/0/steps/12721
 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_ph01/preview
 https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/127/105/127105225/
 https://www.biologydiscussion.com/enzymes/biosensors/biosensors-features-principle-and-types-with-
diagram/10240
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kQ6CY1qpGjY
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 https://www.mdpi.com/journal/biosensors/sections/biosensors_healthcare
 https://www.mdpi.com/journal/biosensors/special_issues/med_implant
 AV presentation by students (on topics as per choice of the teacher)
 Online tools for surprise quizzes
 Collection of case studies via Newspapers/Journal articles, on topics covered
 Group discussions on recent advancements and case studies.

124
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

BIOREMEDIATION TECHNIQUES
Course Code 21BT743 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To Demonstrate an understanding of the nature and importance of bioremediationfor real world applications.
 To Understand the influence of site characteristics: hydraulic conductivity, soil type, microbial presence, and
groundwater properties.
 To Understand the influence of contaminant characteristics to bioremediation (e.g. chemical structure, toxicity, and
solubility).
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions,
reflective and questioning /inquiry-based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.

Module-1 (8 Hours)
INTRODUCTION:
Process of bioremediation; Bioremediation of synthetic compounds, petrochemicals, inorganic wastes; Bioremediation
strategies, Bioremediation techniques in situ, Bioremediation techniques ex situ, Phytoremediation and Phyto-
technology, bioremediation of Metals, Gaseous bioremediation.
Module-2 (8 Hours)
BIOREMEDIATION:
Advantages of Bioremediation, types of bioremediation. Monitoring the efficacy of Bioremediation. Bioaugmentation,
biomagnifications and Biotransformation. Bioventing. Bioremediation for controlling oil spills.
Module-3 (8 Hours)
BIOSORPTION:
Use of bacteria and fungi, Bioreaction for biosorption. Problems associated with disposal of xenobiotic compounds,
Hazardous wastes. Biodegradation of xenobiotics: Persistent compounds, Degradation mechanisms, naphthalene, benzene,
phenol, PCB's, propanil (Herbicide), urea. Biodegradation of petrochemical effluents.
Module-4 (8 Hours)
BIOTECHNOLOGICAL METHODS TO CONTROL POLLUTION:
Biofilters, Bioremediation, Biotransformation Biodegradation and Phytoremediation: In situ and Ex situ bioremediation;
Evaluating Bioremediation; Bioremediation of VOCs. Factors affecting process of biodegradation; Biotechnological
solutions for Global environment problems like Greenhouse effect, Ozone depletion, UV radiation, Acid rain.
Module-5 (8 Hours)
METHODS IN DETERMINING BIODEGRADABILITY:
Contaminant availability for biodegradation; Use of microbes (bacteria and fungi) and plants in biodegradation and
Biotransformation; Phytoremediation: Waste water treatment using aquatic plants; Root zone treatment.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Demonstrate an understanding of the nature and importance of bioremediation for real life problems.
 Analyze the influence of site characteristics like hydraulic conductivity, soil type, microbial presence, and
groundwater properties.
 Analyze the influence of contaminant characteristics to bioremediation (e.g. chemical structure, toxicity, and
solubility).

125
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic
requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out
of 50) in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be proportionally
reduced to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Bioremediation Principles by Eweis JB, Ergas SJ, Chang DPY, and Schroeder ED, McGraw-Hill Companies,
Inc., 1998.
 Environmental Biotechnology: Principles and Applications, by B.E. Rittmann and P.L. McCarty, McGraw-Hill,
Inc., New York, 2001.
 Environmental Biotechnology: Theory and Application, by G.M. Evans and J.C. Furlong, John Wiley & Sons,
Ltd., Chichester, England, 2003.
 Bioremediation, by K.H. Baker and D.S. Herson, McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York, 1994.
 Bioremediation: A Desk Manual for the Environmental Professional, by D.R. Schneider and R.J. Billingsley,
Cahners Publishing Company, Des Plaines, IL, 1990.
 Environmental Biotechnology for Waste Treatment, by G.S. Saylor, R. Fox and J.W. Blackburn (eds.), Plenum
Press, New York, NY. 1990.
 Hydrocarbon Bioremediation by R.E. Hinchee, B.C. Alleman, R.E. Hoeppel, and R.N. Miller (eds.), Lewis
Publishers, Boca Raton, FL. 1994.
 Emerging Technology for Bioremediation of Metals by J.L. Means and R.E. Hinchee (eds.), Lewis Publishers,
Boca Raton, FL. 1994.
 Microbial Transformation and Degradation of Toxic Organic Chemicals, by L.Y. Young and C.E. Cerniglia
(eds.), Wiley-Liss, Inc., New York, NY. 1995.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/bioremediation
 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_bt41/preview
 http://learnbioremediation.weebly.com/course-overview.html
 https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-applied-environmental-microbiology-10083

126
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 AV presentation by students (on topics as per choice of the teacher)
 Online tools for surprise quizzes
 Collection of case studies via Newspapers/Journal articles, on topics covered
 Group discussions on recent advancements and case studies.

BIOFUELS AND BIOENERGY

Course Code 21BT744 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To emphasize the fundamental biological mechanisms for harnessing and generating
bioenergy derived from various sources.
 Identify potential biomass feedstocks including energy crops.
 To have an understanding of the existing and emerging biomass to energy technologies.
 To develop a critical thinking about sustainability & resilience.
 To explore potential solutions for energy needs and problems by incorporating the bioenergy technologies.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective and
questioning /inquiry-based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.

Module-1 (8 Hours)
INTRODUCTION:
Fundamental concepts in understanding biofuels and bioenergy systems, biomass production,
availability and attributes for bioenergy and biofuel production. Types of biomass derived fuels
and energy, Bioenergy Sources, Characteristics & Classification. Biofuel sources and
properties.
Module-2 (8 Hours)
BIOFUEL PRODUCTION:
Biogas production from organic matter and animal residues. Fermentation
technology in biofuel production. Thermo-chemical and biochemical conversion of biomass to
fuel, effect of different parameters on pyrolysis and gasification. Environmental aspects of
biofuel production
Module-3 (8 Hours)
BIOMASS, BIO-ENERGY AND BIO-REFINERY:
Basic concepts of circular economy based on organics. Biomass: Properties and types. Biomass: constituents at molecular
level, at chemical level, energy properties. Biomass typologies: lignocellulosic, starchy, sugary, oilseeds, OFMSW, sewage
sludge, manure. Biomass conversion: Chemical conversion, Oil trans-esterification (biodiesel production). Hydrolysis.
Biomass conversion: Biochemical conversion, Anaerobic digestion (biogas production from organic waste and wastewater).
Module-4 (8 Hours)
Fermentation (bioethanol production) Chemical engineering tools for analysis and design of energy processes, Reaction
stoichiometry, Reaction kinetics. Reaction thermodynamics. Reactors. Process analysis and design. Biomass conversion:
Thermochemical conversion, Biomass storage and feeding systems. Combustion plants for heat generation: wood and pellet
burning stoves; wood, pellet and wood chips boilers; plant schemes for heat generation; control, protection and safety
systems. Gasification plants. Pyrolysis plants.

127
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Module-5 (8 Hours)
BIOFUELS:
Liquid (biodiesel, bioethanol), gaseous (syngas, biogas), solid (charcoal and biochar). Biomass conversion: Physical
conversion, Dewatering, drying, size reduction, steam explosion, densification, pelleting, chipping, oil extraction, Innovative
bioenergy plants: biomass to synthetic natural gas; biomass to liquid biofuels through Fisher Tropsch; absorption enhanced
reforming. Hydrothermal processes: carbonization, liquefaction, gasification. Algal biofuels: Growth/harvest rates,
transesterification.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Realise the significance of biofuels and bioeenrgy systems in our day-to-day life.
 Apply the acquired knowledge to design biomass energy plants and to evaluate their performances.
 Analyze the different options available given the nature of the feedstock available (kind of biomass, kind of organic
waste) and the technological opportunities to valorise it as bioenergy.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic
requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% (18 Marks out
of 50) in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be proportionally
reduced to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

 G. N. Tiwari and M. K. Ghosal, by Fundamentals of Renewable Energy Sources, Narosa Publishing House, 2007.
 Renewable Energy Engineering and Technology, Principles and Practice by Kishore V V N, , The Energy and
Resources Institute (TERI) , 2009.
 Biogas Technology by Nijaguna, B.T. New Age International publishers (P) Ltd., 2002.
 Bioenergy and Biofuel from Biowastes and Biomass by Samir Kumar Khana, ASCE Publications , 2010.
 Biomass for renewable energy, fuels, and chemicals. By D.L. Klass, Academic Press, 1998.

128
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://www.edx.org/learn/biorefinery
 https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-bioenergy-7896
 https://www.futurelearn.com/courses/renewable-energy-achieving-sustainability-through-bioenergy
 https://www.coursera.org/lecture/synbioethics/biofuels-ai9ji
 Advanced Biofuels and Bioproducts, J. W. Lee,
 http://www.springer.com/cn/book/9781461433477
 Algae for Biofuels and Energy, M.A. Borowitzka, N.R. Moheimani,
 Application of Hydrothermal Reactions to Biomass Conversion, F. Jin,
http://www.springer.com/cn/book/9783642544576
 Biogas Energy, T. Abbasi, S.M., Tauseef, S.A. Abbasi, http://www.springer.com/us/book/9781461410393
 BioH2 & BioCH4 through Anaerobic Digestion, B. Ruggeri, T. Tommasi, S. Sanfilippo,
http://www.springer.com/us/book/9781447164302
 Biomass Conversion, C. Baskar, S. Baskar, R.S. Dhillon, https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007%2F978-3-642-
28418-2
 Recycling of Solid Waste for Biofuels and Bio-chemicals, O.P. Karthikeyan, K. Heimann, S.S. Muthu,
http://www.springer.com/cn/book/9789811001482
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 AV presentation by students (on topics as per choice of the teacher)
 Online tools for surprise quizzes
 Collection of case studies via Newspapers/Journal articles, on topics covered
 Group discussions on recent advancements and case studies.

BIOTERRORISM AND NATIONAL SECURITY

Course Code 21BT745 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:1 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
 To Familiarize the issues related to National Security.
 To Understand thethreats facing society due to bioterrorism.
 To understand the approaches to tackle these threats effectively, to safe guard National Security.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Explanation via real life problem, situation modelling, and deliberation of solutions, hands-on sessions, reflective
and questioning /inquiry-based teaching.
 Instructions with interactions in classroom lectures (physical/hybrid).
 Use of ICT tools, including YouTube videos, related MOOCs, AR/VR/MR tools.
 Flipped classroom sessions (~10% of the classes).
 Industrial visits, Guests talks and competitions for learning beyond the syllabus.
 Students’ participation through audio-video based content creation for the syllabus (as assignments).
 Use of gamification tools (in both physical/hybrid classes) for creative learning outcomes.
 Students’ seminars (in solo or group) /oral presentations.
Module-1(8 Hours)
INTRODUCTION TO NATIONAL SECURITY, TERRORISM AND BIOTERRORISM:
Definition, meaning of national security, terrorism against the nation, Terrorists (Traditional Terrorists and New age
Terrorists using nuclear, chemical, biological and radiological weapons). Bioterrorism and the psychology behind
bioterrorism-Historical perspective. Dimensions of National security: economic security, energy security, physical
security, environmental security, food security, border security, and cyber security. National security act 1980.
Module-2(8 Hours)
TOOLS, TECHNIQUES. EMPHASIS OF BIOLOGICAL AGENTS:
Microbes. Immune System Primary classes of Microbes-bacteria, virus, and other agents. Immune system (types: innate
and acquired), Interaction between microbes and the immune system.

129
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Module-3(8 Hours)
BIOTERRORISM WEAPONS AND TECHNIQUES:
Availability and characteristics of microbes, reasons for selection and use, Symptoms-Pathogenicity Epidemiology-natural
and targeted release-The biological, techniques of dispersal, and case studies of Anthrax, Plague-Botulism, Smallpox, and
VHF. Possibility of causing epidemic, pandemic, endemic effects.
Module-4(8 Hours)
PREVENTION AND CONTROL OF BIOTERRORISM:
Surveillance and detection. Detection equipment and sensors. Diagnosis-Treatment Vaccinations, supplies. Challenges in
availability and affordability. Effectiveness, liability, public resistance. Response- first responders, infectious control,
hospital, prevention, Protection-Decontamination, Biosafety measures and tools. Notification. Role of Law Enforcement.
Economic impact in the nation.
Module-5(8 Hours)
BIOTERRORISM MANAGEMENT ETHICAL ISSUES:
Personal, national, the need to inform the public without creating fear, cost-benefit Rations. Information Management.
Government control and industry Support. Microbial forensics, Public health security and bioterrorism preparedness and
response act of 2002. India's preparedness against bioterrorism: biodefence strategies and policy measures

Course outcomes (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Explain the issues related to National Security.
 Describe the threats facing society due to bioterrorism.
 Apply the knowledge to tackle these threats effectively, to safe guard National Security.

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The minimum
passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic
requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out
of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
 First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
 Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
 Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
 First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
 Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for20 Marks (duration 01
hours)
 At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled
down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of the CIE.
Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the outcome
defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the subject
(duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks. Marks scored shall be proportionally
reduced to 50 marks
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3 sub-
questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

130
BE BIOTECHNOLOGY (VTU 2021 SCHEME 3-8 SEMESTERS) DRAFT SYLLABUS

Suggested Learning Resources:

 Biosecurity and Bioterrorism -Containing and Preventing Biological Threats. By Jeffrey Ryan. 2nd Edition -
February 12, 2016.
 Bioterrorism: Confronting a complex threat by Andreas Wenger.Viva Publishres. 2007.
 Bioterrorism and Infectious Agents: A New Dilemma for the 21st Century (Emerging Infectious Diseases of the
21st Century), by I.W. Fong and Kenneth Alibek, Springer, 2005.
 Bioterrorism: Guidelines for Medical and Public Health Management, by Henderson, Donald, American Medical
Association, 1st Edition, 2002.
 Biotechnology research in an age of terrorism: confronting the dual use dilemma, National Academies of Science,
USA, 2003.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://www.futurelearn.com/courses/biosecurity-terrorism
 https://www.classcentral.com/course/biosecurity-terrorism-8078
 https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/bioterrorism
 https://online.stanford.edu/courses/publpol222-biosecurity-and-pandemic-resilience
 http://www.centerforhealthsecurity.org/
 https://emergency.cdc.gov/agent/agentlist-category.asp
 VTU EDUSAT / SWAYAM / NPTEL / MOOCS / Coursera / MIT-open learning resource
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● AV presentation by students (on topics as per choice of the teacher)
● Online tools for surprise quizzes
● Collection of case studies via Newspapers/Journal articles, on topics covered
● Group discussions on recent advancements and case studies.

131